Home

Owners Manual - Dealer E

Contents

1. 175 Normal Scheduled i Starting your vehicle 146 Maintenance and Log 472 jump starting conoci 210 SD CINA iiis 322 396 436 push button start system 145 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 490 Index Steering wheel 84 Touchscreen features COMO Sada 85 climate scsi 433 MES HC 4 Eae nO HE ad 200 DD MESU AM yeten recreational towing 201 SRS see airbags momo 46 trailer towing cocinan 200 Supported media file types 399 juro UNTRA S 200 Supported player media formats Traction Control wee 173 and metadata information 399 Traffic Directions and SYNCO AppLink sss 351 Information 35 5 e 348 SYNC customer SUPDOT deso cri 324 375 Traffic preferences sssi si Transmission YNC Services 48 41 cd 815 410 Arake shift interlock BSD 168 System settings aa 425 fluid checking and adding T automati utres 238 fluid checking and adding D eee 238 Temperature control see manua 4 Sa Climate control 122 124 433 a refill nsu eene 2 Text messaging 336 406 e saas Tei message ending TEWDK iii toe S 79 80 downloading deleting gt 33 6 338 Seni re Materiae dira la Tilt steering wheel iaa 84 rn signal sione es WIPES Losses ette 263 2064 283 U alignmernb ines 277 CALE ratio corrida 263 USB
2. 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuses 223 The high current fuses are coded as follows number rating stability program pump Engine control relay Fuse control unit PIG Notued Fiz Noused EPRA cae stability program 15 feed 15A Hon 5A Stoplight switch Not used spare A 5A A i AF OA Power exterior mirror without door control unit 5A 5A A A Relay coils Light switch module Air conditioning clutch Mass air flow fuel relay feed Not used spare 5 1 5 5 5 1 Transmission control module 30 feed automatic transmission i 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 224 Fuses number rating keep alive power ___Fs1_ _ __ Net used___ 10A Exhaust gas recovery valve Swirl control valves Heated oxygen sensors a Fa Noted F38 15A Engine control module Transmission control module 15 feed Focus ST 15 feed Body control module 15 feed po Pe 15A Rear Wiper o A leveling Focus ST Pa po Netued Fa Notued O door control unit F47 7 5A Heated mirror without door control unit 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuses 225 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components number rating iot used Not used Horn lot used Mi Micro
3. BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time if equipped High mount brake lamp 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Vehicle Care 253 GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser United States only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrates United States only ZC 32A1 or ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover United States only ZC 14
4. 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 311 MENU STRUCTURE Note Depending on your system some options may appear slightly different Press MENU Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options Press the right arrow to enter a menu Press the left arrow to exit a menu Press OK to confirm a selection the frequency band channels on the AM AST and FM AST frequency bands PTY Set Category Select to have the system search by certain music categories such as Rock Pop or Country RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category SIRIUS Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available channels Show ESN Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need this number when communicating with Sirius to activate modify or track your account 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 312 Audio System Channel Guide Select to view available satellite radio channels Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel Tune Channel Skip Channel or Lock Channel Once you skip or lock a channel you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN Set Category Select to view channel categories such as Pop R
5. 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 29 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps See Using Tether Straps in this chapter Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use A N WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor Each time you use the s
6. Avoid Areas Avoid Areas allows you to choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembe
7. To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start unless quiet start is on Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise You can switch it on or off in the information display See the Information Displays chapter Note If you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter you must have a programmed intelligent access key inside your vehicle and press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving the vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting See the Information Displays chapter to select the duration of the remote start system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 65 Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If the duration is set to last 10 minutes the system will add another 10 minutes For example if the vehi
8. CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey NUMBER OF MYKEY S Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see your Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyKey 69 Vehicles With Ford approved Aftermarket Remote Start Systems When using a Ford approved aftermarket remote start system the vehicle recognizes the remote start system as an additional admin key It is the vehicle s default setting You can also program the remote star
9. Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Load Carrying 197 e Example only MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG REAR GAWR XXKG XXXX XX RIMS XXX RIMS AT XXX kPaX C PSLOOLD AT XXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLI
10. e Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent e Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully e Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING To minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash the driver and passenger occupants should not sit in or operate the vehicle until the head restraint is placed in its proper position The driver should never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion WARNING The adjustable head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied WARNING Install the head restraint properly to minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting any head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable For occupants of extremely tall stature adjust the head restraint to its highest position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 134 Seats Front Seat Head Restraints Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints uS amp D Rear Seat C
11. is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of any desired group artist etc Voice commands which are only available in folder mode Voice commands which are not available until indexing is complete Voice command guide Autoplay Turn on to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing process Turn off and the system does not begin to play any of your music until all media has all been indexed Indexing times can vary from device to device and also with regard to the number of songs being indexed Search Play Genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music which are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar Music The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search Play The system searches for a specific Artist Track Album artist track album from the music indexed through the USB port 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 356 SYNCO Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say refine album and choose a specific album from the l
12. 230 Fuses Number Rating F36 Notusea Far Noted raso Notused Fa fPNotused mao Noted ra Noted ro pp Notued Fra Netued m ot Notusea pois he Notusea j Notused O po j Notused gt Notused 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 231 GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers who are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide Scheduled Maintenance Information which makes tracking routine service easy If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions e Do not work on a
13. Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for e an improperly inflated tire e uneven tire wear e loose or worn suspension components e loose or worn steering components e improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander pull 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Load Carrying 193 LUGGAGE COVERS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Make sure that the posts are properly latched in the mounting features The luggage cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or crash if it is not securely installed WARNING Do not place any objects on the luggage cover They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in the case of a sudden stop or crash You can remove the luggage cover to load tall items in the cargo area To Remove the Luggage Cover Note You must repeat the steps on both sides of your vehicle 1 Open the liftgate and disconnect the tether by pulling it out 2 Rotate the luggage cover upward and then tap the bottom of the luggage cover upward near the pivot rod Reverse the steps to install the luggage cover 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 194 Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT Vehicle loading This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loadi
14. Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 kilometers Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front
15. mmoou m AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD Card BT Stereo A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in Radio memory presets and CD controls Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer for more information You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands Browsing Device Content When listening to audio on a device you can browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 382 MyFord Touch If Equipped ES Press the voice icon on the steering wheel When prompted us you can say BROWSE within devices m m Browse lt league gt games Browse Sirius category channels If you have said Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio BROWSE soe Ld Sirius category channels SD card Sirius channel guide This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD card an
16. p104 I9QUINN Hed PIO H 10 oureN ed PAOH Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 2014 Focus foc USA fus Capacities and Specifications 293 MOTORCRAFT PART NUMBERS Component 2 0L GDI engine 2 0L GTDI EcoBoost engine wiper blade WW 2803 passenger side Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2 Only use the specified replacement oil filter The use of a non specified oil filter can result in engine damage 3 For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for the appropriate intervals for changing the spark plugs Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 294 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the driver s side XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX instrument panel Please note that in the graphic
17. 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Security 83 If the key has been successfully programmed it will start the engine and operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter If it was not programmed successfully wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 If you are still unsuccessful bring your vehicle to your authorized dealer Wait 20 seconds and then repeat this procedure from Step 1 to program an additional key Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key See your authorized dealer to have additional keys programmed to your vehicle ANTI THEFT ALARM IF EQUIPPED The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle The park and turn lamps flash and the horn sounds if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed It triggers immediately if the luggage compartment or the hood opens and after a 12 second delay if any door opens Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Lock the vehicle to arm the alarm The message indicator flashes when theft protection is active Disarming the alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions e Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control e Turn the ignition on or start the vehicle e Use a key in the dri
18. Cancel the requested action Return to the main menu Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Vehicle Health Report Run a vehicle health report Access the SYNC Services portal Mobile apps Access mobile applications Help Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode If equipped U S only System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 327 Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon when prompted say Voice settings then i any of the following Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system
19. Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the Volume system Touch Screen Button Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Select to have the system beep to confirm Beep button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 426 MyFord Touch If Equipped Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Have the system ask you short questions if it Prompts has not clearly heard or understood your request Note Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Candidate Candidate lists are possible
20. NFL headlines Baseball schedule MLS schedule NFL schedule Baseball scores headlines College basketball Motor sports scores schedule headlines College basketball Motor sports order NHL schedule schedule schedule scores WNBA headlines Golf headlines NBA headlines WNBA schedule Golf leaderboard NBA schedule WNBA scores 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 417 Alerts If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services e View the message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month 911 Assist If Equipped WA
21. Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify NAV TEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Wi Fi hotspot data provided by JiWire 92013 JiWire 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 464 Appendices Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 9 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 9 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 46 154 773 36 161 132 36 230 192 36 230 207 16 240 459 16 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 46 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User
22. PARKING BRAKE WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure that the transmission selector lever is securely latched in position P automatic transmission or position 1 manual transmission To set the parking brake pull the parking brake handle up as far as possible To release the parking brake 1 Press and hold the button located at the end of the parking brake handle 2 Pull the handle up slightly then push the handle down 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Traction Control 173 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Turn the traction control system off through the information display This option may not be available for all models See the Information Displays chapter
23. System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the Traction Control System the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the Traction Control System was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with Traction Control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light temporarily illuminates on engine PA ll start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system 88 The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine HE start up and stays on when the traction control system is turned off When the traction control system is turned off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 174 Stability Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel or tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTra
24. The ambient lighting will switch on when the following conditions have been met e you switch the ignition on e you switch the headlamps on The ambient lighting will remain on until you switch the ignition off and one of the following conditions have been met e you lock your vehicle e the accessory delay timer expires 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 96 Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNING Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves WARNING When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Down If Equipped Press the switch fully and release it Press again or lift it to stop the window One Touch Up If Equipped Lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Window Lock Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It illuminates when you lock the rear window controls 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 97 Bounce Back If Equippe
25. Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Tire Pressure Sensor Fault Displays when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions refer to Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact your authorized dealer Traction Control AdvanceTrac s ee Action Description Message Traction control off Displays when the traction control system has been switched off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 122 Climate Control MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL F A Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired fan speed or switch off If you switch the fan off the windshield may fog up B Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the button illuminates and the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle C Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Adjust to select the desired
26. e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 379 Accessing a List of Available Commands e If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List e f you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly Climate control list of commands This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active Sirius satellite radio subscription Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 380 M
27. 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 FAX 313 390 0804 Email www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Customer Assistance 219 If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager
28. Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in the vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on ensure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If 911 Assist is turned on or off by any user that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off a voice message plays and or a display message icon comes on when the vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone For more information about 911 Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pum
29. Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if e The key frequencies are jammed e The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start your vehicle do the following 3 button remote 1 Hold the key at the backup location on the steering column 2 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle 5 button remote 1 Hold the key next to the symbol on the steering column 2 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 148 Starting and Stopping the Engine Fast Restart Vehicles with Keyless Start The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 10 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Within 10 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 10 seconds have expired you can no longer start the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot start the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within
30. Enable or Disable Settings cont d Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 8 Traction Ctrl Max Speed 90 km h 65 mph 105 km h or Off Volume Limiter Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Hold OK to Reset System to Factory Default All active warnings will display first if applicable The system check menu may appear different based upon equipment options and current vehicle status Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 112 Information Displays Status Display The following features will display in the information center Compass Displayed in the status line at the bottom of the display Displays the vehicle s heading direction To calibrate the compass Enter the compass menu and select Calibrate Follow the prompts To set the compass zone Enter the compass menu and select Set Follow the prompts See the diagram below to determine your magnetic zone _ Determine which magnetic zone you are in for your geographic location Odometer Displayed in the status line at the bottom of the display Registers the total mileage of the vehicle Outside air temperature Shows the outside air temperature TRIP COMPUTER Resetting the Trip Computer Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip distance time and average fuel information Trip Odometer Registers the mileage of individual
31. Fixed guidelines and active guidelines if equipped are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The centerline is only available if Fixed or Active if equipped guidelines are on A Active guidelines if equipped A BC D E B Centerline C Fixed guideline Green zone D Fixed guideline Yellow zone E Fixed guideline Red zone Ni F Rear bumper A etu F is If your vehicle is equipped with active guidelines they are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing the vehicle might deviate from the original intended path The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position When the steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not shown Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are further away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Selectable settings for this feature are ACTIVE FIXED FIXED and OFF 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 187 Visual Park Aid Alert Note Visual park alert is only av
32. Help Under this menu you can set your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note If the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press theSettings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update for new time zones 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 423 You can also turn the outside air temperature display on and off It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon gt Display then select from the 9 following Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the
33. New Power Generation e The system may not be reading the name the same way e Make sure you are saying you are saying it the complete title such as 2014 Focus foc California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles e If the songs are saved in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say Play L O L A e Do not use special characters in the title as the system does not recognize them Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 370 SYNCO Voice command issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not e You may be using e Review the phone voice understand or the wrong voice commands at the beginning of is calling the commands OR the phone section wrong contact e You may not be e Make sure you are saying the when I want to saying the name contacts exactly as listed For make a call exactly as it is example if a contact is saved as saved OR Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson e Contacts in your e The system works better if you phonebook may be list full names such as Joe very short and Wilson rather than Joe similar or they may e Do not use special characters contain special such as 123 or ICE as the characters OR system does not recognize them e Your phonebook e If contacts are saved in contacts may be CAPS you have to spell them saved in CAPS JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E AppLink issues Issue Possible cau
34. Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator see Warning Lamps and Indicators in the Instrument Cluster chapter Refilling with a Portable Fuel Container WARNING Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or aftermarket funnel into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury WARNING Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle When filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 155 1 Locate the white plastic funnel in the spare tire compartment 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel e system 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4
35. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 130 Climate Control CABIN AIR FILTER Note Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times This prevents foreign objects from entering the system Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system Your cabin air filter is located under the instrument panel in the passenger footwell area The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your vehicle The particulate filtration system gives you and your passengers the following benefits e t improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration e It improves the interior compartment cleanliness e It protects the climate control components from particle deposits Replace the filter at regular intervals See the Scheduled Maintenance chapter For more information about your filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START CLIMATE OPERATION The climate control system adjusts the cabin temperature during remote start You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You will need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as e heated seats e heated mirrors e heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the informati
36. Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following te Phone book lt name gt on Other Join Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work OR Call lt name gt in office Go to privacy 1These commands do not require you to say Phone first 1 2 1 2 These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See MENU table below See DIAL table below 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 331 Phone connections Phone settings message notification off Phone settings message notification on Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Text message inbox Words in are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command Phone book commands When you ask SYNCO to access a phone book name number etc the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred seven hundred 800 eight hundred eight hundred 900 nine hundred nine hundred pound lt number gt 0 9 Asterisk Clear deletes all
37. Press this button to switch between listening to a CD and the SYNC Media menu To change the SYNC Media device such as switching from a device plugged into the USB port to a Bluetooth audio device press MENU and scroll to Select Source 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 309 O SIRIUS Press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio P RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions AM FM CD SONY AUDIO SYSTEM A B C D MN WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See the MyFord Touch chapter for more information A Power Press this button to switch the system off and on B CD slot Insert a CD 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 310 Audio System C TUNE e In radi
38. T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below B C D E A z T145 80D16 is an example of a tire y a size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door See the payload description and graphic in the Load Carrying chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 271 INFLATING YOUR TIRES Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires
39. USA fus 136 Seats MANUAL SEATS WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving N WARNING Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing 5 the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged Moving the Seat Backward and Forward Adjust the Height of the Driver s Seat 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Seats 137 Recline Adjustment WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a crash 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 138 Seats POWER SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Never adjust the driver s seat or seatback when the vehicle is moving WARNING Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a crash Lumbar Adjustment If Equipped Use the lever located on the side of the seatback to adjust the lumbar 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Seats 139 HEATED SEATS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause bu
40. Wait until multicast preset or decoded Once the audio is available Direct Tune decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored No action required HD3 multicast channel multicast preset or The station is not when recalling a direct tune is not available in your preset or from a direct available in your current location tune current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below There is no text Data service issue by Fill out the station information shown for the radio broadcaster issue form at website currently selected listed below frequency HD2 HD7 stations not Pressing Sean disables No action required found when Scan is HD2 HD7 channel This is normal pressed search behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report radio station experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 317 SATELLITE RADIO INFORM
41. What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until Services appears in the display Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a complete list of available services from which to choose 6 To return to the Services menu say Services or for help say Help Qum core 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 350 SYNCO Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator You may also be prompted to speak with an operator when the automatic system has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by se
42. action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose between English Espanol and Francais Once selected all of SYNC s radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 343 Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired devices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm System Info Access the Auto Version number as well as the FPN
43. and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This
44. for more information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 322 Audio System MEDIA HUB IF EQUIPPED The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features A A V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports A A B For more information see the MyFord Touch chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 323 EB W gt NE Powered by Microsoft SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to e Make and receive calls e Access and play music from your portable music player e Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions Information if equipped e Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Gf applicable e Access phonebook contacts and music via voice commands e Stream music from your connected phone e Text message e Use the advanced voice recognition system e USB device charging if your device supports this 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 324 SYNCO GENERAL INFORMATION Make sure you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturd
45. fus 202 Towing Before you tow your vehicle follow these directions for your specific vehicle configuration after it is hooked up to the recreational vehicle or tow dolly Vehicles with a Manual Transmission 1 Release the parking brake 2 Move the gearshift to the neutral position e The maximum towing speed is 70 mph 113 km h e There is no limitation on towing distance Vehicles with an Automatic Transmission but No Push Button Start System Note There must be battery power to properly move the transmission s internal components to position N in Step 3 In addition moving the gearshift to position N without first turning the ignition to the on II position limits the towing capability to 35 mph 56 km h and 50 miles 80 kilometers 1 Release the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition to the on II position 9 Press the brake pedal then move the gearshift to position N 4 Wait for TRANSMISSION READY to appear in the multi function display then turn the ignition to the off 0 position and release the brake pedal 5 Disconnect the negative black cable from the battery The anti theft system does not function until the battery cable is reconnected See Changing the vehicle battery in the Maintenance chapter when disconnecting and reconnecting the battery cable e The maximum towing speed is 70 mph 113 km h e There is no limitation on towing distance When done towing start the engine within 15 minut
46. least one admin key e Vehicles with push button start The intelligent access key is not positioned correctly next to the steering column or placed in a backup slot See Starting and Stopping the Vehicle e SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems e The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems e The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges e No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey e The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 72 MyKey key dealer Security chapter I accidentally e The vehicle has a remote start system that programmed all keys is recognized as an admin key Clear all as MyKeys MyKeys by using the remote start See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems e Your vehicle s system does not recognize any programmed MyKeys See Creating a MyKey MyKey total includes e An unknown key has been created as a one addit
47. system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off e If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press theSettings icon Display Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display e Compatible file formats are as follows jpg gif png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less e Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 424 MyFord Touch If Equipped Sound Press the Settings icon gt Sound then select from the following Sound Settings Bass Midrange Occupancy Mode Treble Speed Compensated Volume Set Balance and Fade AAA J If equipped Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then
48. 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 268 Wheels and Tires H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall I M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pil
49. 208 CD player tet ee E Joa CD voice commands 395 Getting roadside assistance 208 Cell phone use 16 ue the serv d yon me 213 Changing a tire 283 Ordering additional owner s Changing the air filter 244 Valine the S 219 Child safety restraints 28 Mediation Arbitration Child safety seats attaching with tether straps 30 automatic locking mode Tetraclor sidad 37 LATCH perenes arista 28 Child safety seats booster AE I A P 22 Cleaning the touchscreen 374 Cleaning your vehicle 253 engine compartment 256 instrument panel 258 AAG OTOP PME 257 Plastic Darts 2 2 nes 255 A oi ite 253 WOKING diis csset i s oa Rates canes 255 2014 Focus foc Program sees 217 D DEROSE casieesdeasaishindeatertestests 122 124 rear window ssesssse 129 Dipstick automatic transmission Hg se oec A E 238 engine Olla aii 234 Display settings 423 Driving under special conditions ssassn 167 through water ssss 205 Dual automatic temperature control DATO sereisas 124 Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 486 Index E Fog lamps ui 93 Forward and reverse sensing Eco Mode sss O 177 Electronic message center 109 Fuel Electronic stability control 175 capacity e c 290 choosing t
50. 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note If you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 273 Note Some spare
51. DEVICE e Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 451 If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE e Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to
52. Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 395 Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression allows you to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands EB If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the us steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the commands in the following chart Repeat off Repeat track Play next track Shuffle This applies to WMA or MP3 files only 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 396 MyFord Touch If Equipped SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Slot Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation sys
53. In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would activate 911 Assist however if 911 Assist is triggered SYNC tries to contact emergency services If a connected phone is damaged or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call Failure to cancel the call results in SYNC attempting to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 346 SYNCO If the call is not cancelled and a successful call is made a pre recorded message is played for the 911 operator then the occupant s in the vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware was damaged in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s paired and connected to the system was thrown from the vehicle 911 Assist Privacy Notice Once 911 Assist is
54. It corrodes some metals and causes some plastic and rubber components to swell break down or become brittle and crack especially when mixed with gasoline Special materials and procedures have been developed for flexible fuel vehicles and the dispensers used by ethanol fuel providers 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 153 FUEL QUALITY Note Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause powertrain damage and a loss of vehicle performance repairs may not be covered under warranty Choosing the Right Fuel Use only unleaded fuel or unleaded fuel blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol Do not use fuel ethanol E85 diesel fuel fuel methanol leaded fuel or any other fuel because it could damage or impair the emission control system Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex Fuel Vehicle If Equipped Note If your vehicle is flex fuel capable it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet Flex fuel vehicles are designed to use unleaded gasoline or an ethanol fuel blend that contain up to 85 ethanol It is also acceptable to use any mixture of unleaded gasoline and ethanol fuel that contains up to 85 ethanol An ethanol fuel blend that contains 85 ethanol is labeled as E85 at the service station It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and E85 If you do switch fuels it is recommended that you add as much fuel as possible at least
55. MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Audio and Belt Minder is activated deactivated and park aid is activated Key is Already a MyKey Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already designated as a MyKey 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 118 Information Displays MyKey Message Action Description MyKey MyKey ESC cannot be deactivated Displays when a MyKey is active and trying to disable ESC Park Aid Message Action Description Parking aid malfunction Service Displays when the system has req d detected a condition that requires service Contact your authorized dealer Park Brake Message Action Description Park brake applied Displays when the parking brake is set the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after the parking brake is released Power Steering Message Action Description Steering loss Stop safely The power steering system is not working Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Steering assist fault Service redd The power steering system required service Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer Steering fault Service now The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry passive start system that re
56. OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 333 Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Place Call on Hold appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Join Calls Join two separate calls 1 Press the phone button 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll until Join Calls appears and press OK Press OK again when Join Calls appears Note SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty conference call Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select then seroll through your phonebook contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then seroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Exit the current menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA
57. Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 340 SYNCO System Settings System Settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect delete and set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect delete set a phone as primary and turn Bluetooth on or off 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Add Bluetooth See Using SYNC with your phone earlier in Device this chapter for pairing instructions Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen then press OK to connect the phone Note Only one device can be connected at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 341 Set Primary Phone Set a
58. PROGRAM CANADA ONLY This pertains to vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation or arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straightforward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy
59. Postal Service amp to publish and sell ZIP 4 information O United States Postal Service amp 2009 Prices are not established controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS United States Postal Service USPS and ZIP 4 The Data for Mexico includes certain Data from Instituto Nacional de Estad stica y Geograf a 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 461 TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media
60. SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change service interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter amp cabin air filter replacement Engine air filter and cabin air filter life is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter ENGINE COOLANT CHANGE RECORD Initial change Six years or 100000 miles 160000 km whichever comes first After initial change Every three years or 50000 miles 80000 km 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 483 Engine Coolant Change Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace 2014 Focus foc Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 484 Index 911 Assist woe 344 417 Ambulance packages 15 ds AM EM escoria 383 Antifreeze see Engine ABS see Brakes 1170 coolanbt xou 235 Accessing and using your Anti lock brake sy
61. The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Remote Start If Equipped WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel The remote start button is on the transmitter This feature allows you to start the vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See the Climate Control chapter for more information Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if e the ignition is on e the alarm system is triggered e you disable the feature e the hood is open e the transmission is not in P e the vehicle battery voltage is too low e the service engine soon indicator was on the last time the vehicle was driven 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 64 Keys and Remote Control Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure
62. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CH
63. a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any su
64. a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked WARNING Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 192 Driving Aids If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal When a steering system error is detected steering messages may appear in the information display
65. access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 393 Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna obstructions Terrain Station overload Satellite radio signal interference For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius troubleshooting tips Radio display Possible action Acquiring Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel 2014 Focus foc Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel There is an internal If this message does module or system not clear shortly or failure present with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See your authorized dealer for service The channel is no Tune to another longer available channel o
66. air buttons 3 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting initially and then adjust it to suit the desired comfort level HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS IF EQUIPPED Under certain cold weather conditions the heated rear window and heated mirror may turn on without illuminating the light on the rear defrost button even though you did not push the rear defrost button This is normal operation The system does this automatically to provide heat to the vehicle interior quicker Heated Rear Window Note The ignition must be switched on to use this feature Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 10 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 10 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines Your warranty does not cover this damage Heated Exterior Mirrors If Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both mirrors heat to remove ice mist and fog when you turn the rear window defroster on 2014 Focus foc
67. amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEAGE 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 478 Scheduled Maintenance SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform additional maintenance as indica
68. belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt e height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions e safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions e belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position e safety belt warning light and chime See Safety belt warning r light and indicator chime later in this chapter TY crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness PAN indicator See Crash sensors and airbag indicator in the Supplemental Restraimts System chapter The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated In frontal and near frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags The pretensioners may also activate when a side curtain airbag is deployed 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 36 Safety Belts FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in your vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle e 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle a fg Restraint of Pregna
69. cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Customer Assistance 213 GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training equipment or both so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away from Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Cent
70. can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the 3 settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving A WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving The auxiliary input jack located in the center console as shown or inside the glovebox allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male Vs inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 321 P9 Wo
71. choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route e Fastest Route Uses the fastest moving roads possible e Shortest Route Uses the shortest distance possible e Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note If your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is movi
72. commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 352 SYNCO To Access Using the Phone Menu l 2 3 4 ou Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com To Access Using the Media Menu gt corpor ouo m Press AUX button on the center console Press MENU to access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Then scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until l
73. de PAU Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P vehicle with an automatic transmission or neutral vehicle with a manual transmission Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls USB PORT IF EQUIPPED N WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory Sticks and charge devices if supported See the SYNC chapter
74. decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Customer Assistance 217 UTILIZING THE MEDIATION or ARBITRATION
75. e Do not use abrasive materials as they may cause scratches e Do not use fuel kerosene or paint thinner to clean any parts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Vehicle Care 257 If you cannot remove those streaks after cleaning with the glass cleaner or if the wipers chatter and move in a jerky motion clean the outer surface of the windshield and the wiper blades using a sponge or soft cloth with a neutral detergent or mild abrasive cleaning solution After cleaning rinse the windshield and wiper blades with clean water The windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse the windshield with water Note Do not use sharp objects such as a razor blade to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals as it may cause damage to the rear window defroster s heated grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing WARNING On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Apply a layer of high quality foam cleaner designed for automotive interiors to the dry sta
76. e Try deleting your phone and not be activated on performing a clean pairing the website I heard a e The phone e This is a free feature but you commercial in use is not must first register online to use it when I tried to activated OR e Turn off ID blocker on your use Traffic e Your phone has phone as the system recognizes Directions and ID blocker active you by your phone number Information e Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SyncMyRide account 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 369 Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s SYNC does not understand what I am saying the wrong voice commands OR e You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time SYNC does not understand the name of a song or artist the wrong voice commands OR saying the name exactly as it is saved OR e You may be using e You may not be e You may be using e Review the Phone voice commands and the Media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections e Be aware that SYNC s microphone is either in your rear view mirror or in the headliner just above the windshield e Review the media voice commands at the beginning of the media section e Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the
77. e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NT in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs WARNING This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circumstances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk NT and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality ac
78. et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resorting to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 216 Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services You Need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the
79. fluid leaks Brake coolant recovery reservoir manual transmission automatic transmission and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle It is your checklist that gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle You will know what has been checked what is okay as well as those things that may require future or immediate attention The multi point vehicle inspection is one more way to keep your vehicle running great 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 471 GENIL ome nene Lii 1 avamag Famn Sor t t Barbra Multi Point Inspection Report Card as Recommended by Ford Motor Company Tios sb reer Man ine mg martin Ebbi Md Web Model Nka Dee Oiee ONE OO is 5m IL ra trates 1 mtm was ey E di aaa bos E quipped E TAD STNE sad ra Wr er m ubi as eodd RFT LT im LE m 00 OOO OO o ysn a oasis rar loas rior amans JE iim cong sister in oe tas nt crga ME WtARIMCICATES anui C amen amo oan OO mm ross wpn F E v
80. fus 334 SYNCO Accessing Features through the Phone Menu SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phone book and send text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select then press OK again to confirm Call History Allows you to access any previously dialed received or missed calls while your phone has been connected to the system 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phone book and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature Phonebook Allows you to access your downloaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone b
81. half a tank Do not add less than five gallons 18 9 liters when refueling You should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling for at least 5 miles 8 kilometers to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration If you exclusively use E85 fuel it is recommended to fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline at each scheduled oil change Octane Recommendations Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 is recommended Some stations offer fuels posted as Regular with an E octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 154 Fuel and Refueling RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel e You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting crank time will be a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual
82. have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease approximately 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 283 CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNING The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant have an authorized dealer install a new tire
83. it may be low 7 Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple amp When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Ge Que e 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 402 MyFord Touch If Equipped Troubleshooting e Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control e Do not set the portable music player s volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality e If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels turn the portable music player volume down If the problem persists replace or recharge the batteries in the portable media player e Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control such as Play or Pause over the attached portable media player PHONE A Phone B Quick Dial C Phonebook D History E Messaging F Settings 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st P
84. journeys 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 113 Trip Timer EJ Registers the time of individual journeys Distance to E ToE Indicates the approximate distance the vehicle will travel on gt H the fuel remaining in the tank Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary Average Fuel Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was g AY last reset Press the right arrow button to enter Ford EcoMode INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle not all of the messages will display or be available Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus Message indicator if equipped The message indicator illuminates to supplement some messages It will be red or amber depending on the severity of the message and will remain on until the cause of the message has been rectified Some messages will be supplemented by a system specific symbol with a message indicator 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 114 Information Displays Airbag Message Action Description Airbag malfunction
85. lever toward you slightly and release it to flash the headlamps 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Lighting 91 AUTOLAMPS IF EQUIPPED Note It may be necessary to switch your headlamps on manually in severe weather conditions The headlamps will switch on and off automatically in low light situations or during inclement weather The headlamps will remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off You can adjust the time delay using the information display controls INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note The illumination settings default to the maximum setting after the battery is disconnected then reconnected or discharged then recharged Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps Press repeatedly or press and hold until the desired level is reached AP ZAS 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 92 Lighting Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps A B A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator towar
86. manually in any airflow mode except defrost May turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C and MAX defrost to reduce fog potential e 03 O UY 434 MyFord Touch If Equipped F MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C e Distributes air through instrument panel vents Is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode May help reduce odors from entering your vehicle A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off Use with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency e Engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost H AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls e Fan speed e Airflow distribution e A C on or off e Outside or recirculated air eee I Manual controls Select any of the following airflow distribution modes e Floor and Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging e Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents e Panel and Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents e MAX Defrost Distributes outs
87. or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 218 Customer Assistance If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 813 594 4857 FAX 813 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number
88. periodic attention for normal wear e Windshield Wiper Blades e Spark Plugs except in California e The clutch Disc e Brake pads and linings e Shock Absorbers e Belts and Hoses e Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment Contact your selling dealership today so they can customize a Genuine Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest Free Financing Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 1096 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 300 Ford Extended Service Plan Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP PO Box 8072 Royal Oak Michigan 48068 0039 To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Don t forget to ask about our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as e Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items e Protection against r
89. pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem WARNING See Tire Pressure Monitoring System in this chapter for important information If the tire pressure monitoring sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on this vehicle If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System earlier in this chapter Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road tire and wheel assembly that is the same size and type as the r
90. previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm Note SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When a phone is selected as primary it appears first in the list and is marked with an asterisk Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Note Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 342 SYNCO Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts languages defaults perform a master reset install an application and view system information 1 Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and press OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears and select OK 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select Prompts Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific
91. rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper E gt q P4 bis A ees gue The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in R Reverse e and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less but not moving e and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less The system can be turned off using the information display control Refer to the Information Display chapter If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 178 Parking Aids Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 7 mph 12 km h ES A Coverage area of up to 27 inches mm 70 centimeters from the front of 4 the vehicle and about 14 inches P 35 ce
92. rd m sanai acid treating emergencies Air conditioning mE eee 122 jumping a disabled battery 210 manual heating and air maintenance free 240 conditioning system 122 replacement specifications 293 Air Til etr 2 eter te nn 244 A tige terere 240 Ambient mood lighting 95 424 Booster seats sasoirik 22 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Index 485 Brakes ni 171 Wheels sinaloa alo 259 anto io 172 wiper blades 256 anti Me rM system ABS 172 Climate control see Air warning light ssss pL brake warning light 172 COndIMIONING OT HERUNEN acct Ta fluid checking and adding 239 Climate voice commands 435 fluid refill capacities 290 Olock 308 305 307 422 fluid specifications 290 Clutch lubricant specifications 290 operation while driving 167 parking AAA Su dure AEN DEDANS 172 recommended shift speeds 168 shift interlock 165 Console sese 143 C overhead coooocccooccncconunanonoonananonos 143 Coolant etta ete 235 iti n i checking and adding 235 apes O Mee sie refill capacities 290 Cargo area shade 193 Specifications ene 290 OD sra 303 305 307 309 Customer Assistance
93. recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side curtain airbags CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of your vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag knee airbag seat mounted side airbags and the side curtain airbags Based on the type of crash frontal impact or side impact the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working See the Instrument Cluster chapter Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 56 Supplementary Restraints System A di
94. relay Rear wiper lot used pe Notused Rs Powerrelay Delayedaccessory relay KLI5 po Neued Cooling fan F48 po Ra Not usec R5 Microrelay R 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 226 Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located on the right side below the glove box T p c 5 z e 3 number rating 20A Fuel pump supply Mass air flow sensor F57 rr Notusd rs Notused Passive anti theft transceiver Interior light Driver door switch pack Glove box illumination Overhead console switch bank F2 Notused F3 Wotusda 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuses 227 Fuse or relay Fuse amp Protected components PERIOHE Notused used ak ae SYNC Multifunction display Global positioning system module Compass Et Not used Instrument cluster Minor cluster Focus ST Fr 20A Central lock and unlock supply F71 10A Heating control head manual air conditioning Duel electronic automatic temperature control Fog lamp supply Washer pump F79 15A Radio Navigation DVD player Hazard light switch Door lock switch F85 7 5A Front seat heater switch Heating module manual air conditioning Air quality sensor Radio In car temperature and humidity sensor Moonroof 201
95. select from the 9 following e Vehicle Health Report e Rear View Camera e Enable Valet Mode Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press the for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report Rear View Camera This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings e Rear Camera Delay e Visual Park Aid Alert e Guidelines Enable Valet Mode Note If the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 425 Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN You can create your own four digit PIN to lock and unlock the system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings System Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt System then select from 9 the following System
96. startup continues to flash or remains PAN on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer A chime will sound when there is a malfunction in the indicator light Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a 5 malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Battery E If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer Blind Spot Monitor if equipped E It will illuminate when this feature is deactivated or in ME conjunction with a message 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Instrument Cluster 105 Brake System BRAKE It will illuminate when the parking brake is engaged and the oW ignition is on If it illuminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer WARNING Driving a vehicle with the brake system warning light on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop the vehicle Have the vehicle checked by your authorized dealer
97. station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Isme Cause Action Echo stutter skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the radio This is a broadcast Increase or decrease broadcaster issue in audio volume 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 316 Audio System Potential station issues Issue Case Action Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio The digital multicast is No action required mute delay when not available until the This is normal selecting HD2 or HD3 HD Radio broadcast is behavior
98. sure you hear the seat latch into place and that no red portion is visible on the release button on both sides Flip Up Seat Cushions If Equipped WARNING Before returning the seatback to its original position make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped behind the seatback Make sure that the safety belt is not laying on the seat latch After returning the seatback to its original position pull on the seatback to make sure that it has fully latched An unlatched seat may become dangerous in the event of a sudden stop or crash For additional cargo space flip the seat cushions up before folding the seatback This feature is only available on vehicles with a split folding seatback 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 142 Auxiliary Power Points AUXILIARY POWER POINTS WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigarette lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note If used when the vehicle is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 1
99. surface with a mild soap and water solution In Canada use Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Dry the area with a soft cloth If the leather cannot be completely cleaned using a mild soap and water solution the leather may be cleaned using a commercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors To check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use household cleaning products alcohol solutions oil petroleum based leather conditioners or solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics These products may cause premature wearing or damage to the leather CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers A clearcoat paint finish coats aluminum wheels and wheel covers In order to maintain their condition Clean weekly with Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Never apply any cleaning chemical to hot or warm wheel rims or covers Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims or covers Industrial strength heavy duty cleaners or cleaning chemicals in combination with brush agitation to remove brake
100. teams or a news category To learn more log onto www SYNCMyRide com 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 351 Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while you are connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report wait for the listening tone and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside the vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note Your smartphone must be paired and connected to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application It is recommended to lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice
101. temperature too hot PTLP will automatically intervene during normal engine operation should it determine the engine coolant and or oil temperatures are too hot It does this by gradually reducing the maximum allowable engine rpm until the engine has cooled sufficiently PTLP will automatically reinstate normal engine operation if it determines the engine temperatures have cooled sufficiently During an engine overheating condition the instrument cluster will display a message and a chime will sound The engine may also have temporarily reduced power and reduced rpm limit during an overheating condition Operating the engine with high engine coolant temperature coolant gauge indicator is red may cause powertrain damage Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine cool off while idling TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Checking Automatic Transmission Fluid Note Transmission fluid should be checked and if required added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick See your Scheduled Maintenance Information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The
102. terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to 1 its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded You agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME NAVTEQ CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the EndUser License Agreement under which this Data was provided 9 2011 NAVTEQ All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting
103. that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted For proper care of soiled safety belts see Cleaning the Interior in the Vehicle Care chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Personal Safety System 43 PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations Your vehicle s Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints e Front outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors first row only and safety belt usage sensors e Driver s seat position sensor e Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp e Front crash severity sensors e Restraints control module with impact and safing se
104. the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 200 Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Never tow a trailer with this vehicle Your vehicle is not equipped to tow No towing packages are available through an authorized dealer TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Towing 201 The front wheels drive wheels must be on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmi
105. the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash WARNING To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Combined LATCH LATCH weight of Restraint child and anchors anchors Type child and top only restraint seat Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See the Seats chapter for information on head restraints 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 21 BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age ei
106. the driver s knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant conditions Under certain crash and occupant conditions the driver s knee airbag may deploy but the driver s front airbag may not activate As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury P 35 To know if the knee airbag is operating properly see Crash PAN Sensors and Airbag Indicator in this chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 52 Supplementary Restraints System SIDE AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seat backs of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seat back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING If the side airbag has deployed the airbag wi
107. the gearshift to the neutral position Release the clutch pedal for a moment then press it down and shift to R Reverse again 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Transmission 169 Parking Your Vehicle WARNING Do not park your vehicle in Neutral it may move unexpectedly and injure someone Use 1 First gear and set the parking brake fully To park your vehicle 1 Apply the brake and shift into the neutral position 2 Fully apply the parking brake hold the clutch pedal down then shift into position 1 3 Turn the ignition off HILL START ASSIST IF EQUIPPED WARNING The hill start assist feature does not replace the parking brake When you leave the vehicle always apply the parking brake and shift the transmission into P Park for automatic transmission or 1st gear for manual transmissions WARNING You must remain in the vehicle once you have activated the hill start assist feature WARNING During all times you are responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the hill start assist system and intervening if required WARNING If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected when the hill start assist feature is active the hill start assist feature will be deactivated This feature makes it easier to pull away when the vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When this feature is active the vehicle will remain station
108. the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled e If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat e When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the indicator will be unlit and stay unlit If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger s seat but the pass airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position e Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended e Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger s frontal airbag e f the indicator lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat 2014 Focus foc Owner
109. to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions e e 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 307 AM FM CD WITH SYNCO WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note You can operate your audio system for up to one hour after you switch off the ignition Press the ON OFF control to operate the system with the ignition turned off The system automatically turns off after one hour A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B Cursor arrows Press these buttons to scroll through on screen audio system choices C OK Press this button to confirm menu selections 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 308 Audio System D INFO Press this button to access any available radio or CD information E TUNE and TUNE Press these buttons to manually search the frequency band F Numbe
110. to the front of the vehicle and locate the auxiliary latch located under the front of the hood left of center and then release it by pushing the auxiliary latch to the right 3 Open the hood and support it with the prop rod To close the hood lower the hood and allow it to drop from under its own weight for the last 8 11 inches 20 30 centimeters Note Make sure that the hood is closed properly 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 233 UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L Engine Shown without engine cover if equipped A Engine coolant reservoir B Brake clutch fluid reservoir C Battery D Power distribution box E Air filter assembly F Engine oil filler cap G Engine oil dipstick H Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 234 Maintenance ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK A MIN B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Note Check the level before starting the engine Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the level is at the MIN mark add oil immediately Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the filler cap when t
111. up to two years or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED appears in the information display it s time for an oil change the oil change must be done within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing The Intelligent Oil Life Monitor must be reset after each oil change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter If your information display is prematurely reset or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 20
112. upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you e Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your
113. wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal M12 x 15 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Note Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 289 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 20LGDIengine sd 1 3 4 2 Ignition system Coil On Plug 12 011 Spark plug gap 035 001 in 0 9 05 mm Engine Drivebelt Routing 2 0L GDI d 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 290 gp V SV60CGN SSM amp 00606IA SSM W 088LOd OCO FTTALX q 860IA HS ISHTSTETISOIUO 10 PUE Toso1o G TX 3JeJ21010 A q 860I
114. your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes allows you to choose to have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts allows you to choose to have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province allows you have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems allows you to choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route e Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification e Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification allows you to choose have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 442 MyFord Touch If Equipped
115. 012 USA fus 392 MyFord Touch If Equipped SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt H gt Sirius Satellite Radio Information Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See your authorized dealer for availability S AT EL Li T E R A Dio For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite radio electronic serial number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To
116. 014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 27 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped See Using Tether Straps later in this chapter 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 28 Child Safety Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for C
117. 10 seconds Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission fully press the clutch pedal also 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P automatic transmission or 1 manual transmission 2 If your vehicle has an ignition key turn the key to position 0 If your vehicle has a keyless start system press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 149 1 If your vehicle has an ignition key move the transmission selector lever to position N automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmissio
118. 12 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 469 Ford strongly recommends using only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized remanufactured replacement parts because they are engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals Ford Motor Company recommended additives and chemicals are listed in this book and in the Workshop Manual Additional chemicals or additives not approved by Ford Motor Company are not recommended as part of normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating and or foreign material contamination should be inspected immediately by a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership Your vehicle s oils and fluids should be changed at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Certain basic maintenance checks and inspections should be performed every month or at six month intervals Check every month Engine oil level Functio
119. 2 USA fus 150 Starting and Stopping the Engine The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt A C electrical source We recommend that you do the following for safe and correct operation e Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriters Laboratory or Canadian Standards Association This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Never use an indoor extension cord outdoors it could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard e Use as short an extension cord as possible e Do not use multiple extension cords e Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and the heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire e Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles e Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the bloc
120. 2 volts DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigarette lighter element Note Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged e Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running e Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Locations Power points may be found e on the center console e on the rear of the center console 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Storage Compartments 143 CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include e Cupholders e Utility compartment e Auxiliary AV connections USB port SD slot OVERHEAD CONSOLE IF EQUIPPED The appearance of the overhead console will vary according to your option package Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 144 Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the en
121. 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 349 Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request and for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect the vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not activate or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you are connected to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say
122. 4 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 228 Fuses number rating F86 10A Air bag module Occupant classification system Passenger air bag deactivation indicator rs jNotued O Supply for F67 F69 F71 and F79 F8 Notusd id Luggage Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panel is located in the luggage compartment behind the left side wheel well Remove the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses Fuse Relay Fuse Amp Protected Components Number Rating E SS OA 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuses 229 a Rating F6 25A Door control unit rear left ae ee rs JjNrtused F9 25A Driverseatmotor FIO 25A Audio amplifier Fl Noted Fm Noted L4 FI3 Noused Fi Notus m j Notused m6 Noted Fiz Noted ma Notused Fa Notused Fr Notused ra Netued ra Notused Fra Notued Fra Notusea Fs Notued Fs Notued Far Noted rs Notued Fa Netued Fa Notued SL 0 0 0 0 F34 15A Driver seat heater 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus
123. A HS quopeAmbo Jo GTX 10 p DX 9 SSETO SG6VOSI pue GV G9DIW SSM OCA uornvogr odg prog 19qumNw Hed PLOY TO 030W T ufu apo OZ m9 avs yexoxoyopre C16 P SMEND gp 1o SUISUA pn UOTSSTUISURA enuejq qi teng Mug MA 3 491030 A PIM UoISsmuisueqr YIN TENE 3rexo4030 POT UOISSTUISULA enuen I8D sirenb GT gzP IB CIS D sen eT UOISSIUISUEI Orjeuroqny jueotiqnr 1907 pue 8urjerjouoq 3J 121030 A Ipae POT suds pue osun 9seoJ8 UMYT 100P Jay ong syorry ISBIALD sodmg YMNW yeas s103041 pue s yejd Jays sayoyry S FUH Pm ayelg spe 100 uo XVW pue AIP LO 9 ueuuojioq Ni ee USIH OYRIDIOIOA JO 9UIeN 118g PAOH SNOILIVOIJIO3dS 1VOINHO3 L JIOAIOSOI peddinbo ji pmy yomp pue pmy exexg Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 2014 Focus foc USA fus 291 Capacities and Specifications sagueyo pmp Sunmp Area Lew junoure enjoy Ayroedeo py Ap ojeurxoJdddy ogeurep VIIS S ILIQ osneo Aew prj pepueururoood ay ue Joujo pmi Aue Jo asf 9 sse GZ6P OSI Pu ZV G9DYN SSM Surjoour quo eAmbo 10 pin exexg souewsoj1eg USIH AT P LOG 3J 191030 N Aquo 9s V I860IIKCHSA C GI NA V 6T4LTIN HSM epeueo Y 9T NAO SN 6I NA cV 91H8 HSM epeueo 4 pue q Y v 2 0XO SM V Z 0Z C PPaL6N SSM epeuey q TIGE DAD SM q TIde 0A uorjeogr odg POH 19qumNw ed PAOH TO 10SS9 IQUIOS yueLOs yoy OVd 3J 1940 0 A yueIOs oy epe
124. ANS PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S only More than 32 Million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection Ford ESP It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the expiration of the New Vehicle Warranty coverage Ford ESP can quickly pay for itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Coverage for up to 500 covered components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your dealer for details 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford ESP is honored by all Ford and Lincoln Dealers in the United States and Canada It is the only Extended Service Plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service anywhere you go e Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using Genuine Ford and Lincoln parts Rental Car Reimbursement 1st day R
125. ATION IF EQUIPPED Satellite Radio Channels Sirius broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna For optimal reception performance keep the obstructions antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal Your display may show ACQUIRING to interference indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Sirius Satellite Radio Service Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsib
126. All Devices Delete all previously paired devices Press OK to select Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Advanced Menu Options This menu allows you to access settings such as prompts language performing a master reset as well as returning to factory defaults 1 Press AUX and then MENU to access the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Advanced appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from the following When you select You can Prompts Have SYNC guide you via questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 364 SYNCO Languages Choose from English Francais and Espanol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and t
127. Automatic Arming Your vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming Your vehicle disarms when you switch the ignition on with a coded key Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle as well as a remote control The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start systems as well as a remote control If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys integrated keyhead transmitters only are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer The key codes need to be erased from your vehicle and new coded keys will need to be programmed 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 82 Security Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter Note A maximum of eight coded keys can be programmed to your vehicle all eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitt
128. CABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE n A XXXXX XXXXX EXTPNT XX RC X DSO WB TINTTR TIPPS TR RE TR SPR XXXXX XXX XX X XX XX XX XXXI XH XXXX XXXXXXX XX MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GUWR PABY 000x LB xxXXKG DATE xx xx CET FRONT GAWR PNBE AV 7 REAR GAWR PE AR E A XXXX B XxxxK6 NES 4 QR MN WOX HOOK XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JAMTES XXxXXX AT A kPa PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID IAA VIN 7000000000000000 TYPE XXx COMPLIES2000 500 gt 00 ROX A idat lil ME TPS E AXE TR TS XX X XXXX XXX pa XXX 000X00000 XX WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury WARNING Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 198 Load Carrying WARNING Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicles GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations WARNING Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or p
129. EAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 482 Scheduled Maintenance EXCEPTIONS California fuel filter replacement If the vehicle is registered in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute APT Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of
130. EM5J19A321 AA June 2013 oo x ule First Printing Owner s Manual Focus FSC MIX Paper FSC C102270 Litho in U S A JenuelA S JSUMO SNIOS 7 10Z gt la Ai A Table of Contents 1 Introduction 9 Child Safety 17 Child seat positioning o o o o lille 19 Booster Sedis 12s uu es eeu UR a do ee 21 Installing child seats llli 24 Child safety lOCkSs us ard ate der rS ran 33 Safety Belts 34 Fastening the safety belts 2l 36 Safety belt height adjustment llle 39 Safety belt warning light and indicator chime 39 Safety belt niind6r srera terre eee eee ES TRE es 40 Child restraint and safety belt maintenance 42 Personal Safety System 43 Supplementary Restraints System 44 Driver and passenger airbags o o ooo ooo 46 Side Airbags cuv verderben ir eee 52 Side curtain alpbags Sora vu t RM a EUG EE 53 Crash sensors and airbag indicator o o ooo o o o ooo oo 55 Airbag disposal cesa he ob HUES AES a a Re RR 56 Keys and Remote Control 57 General information on radio frequencies o ooo 57 Remote COMO rs AGM Ea ee a TIERS 58 KEYS fia cb dud at ie cpu a a a 58 Replacing a lost key or remote control o o ooo o 65 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 2 Table of Contents MyKe
131. Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in Vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 454 Appendices General operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access
132. Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 132 Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor WARNING Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seat s safety belt resulting in severe personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not place objects higher than the seat backs to reduce the risk of injury in a crash or during heavy braking or when stopping suddenly Max 30 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines e Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees from vertical e Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible e Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible remaining comfortable e Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 250 millimeters between your breastbone and the airbag cover 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Seats 133
133. H SYNCO WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note You can operate your audio system for up to one hour after you switch off the ignition Press the ON OFF control to operate the system with the ignition turned off The system automatically turns off after one hour A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B Cursor arrows Press these buttons to scroll through on screen audio system choices C OK Press this button to confirm menu selections 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 306 Audio System D INFO Press this button to access any available radio or CD information E TUNE and TUNE Press these buttons to manually search the frequency band F Number block e In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns e In CD mode select a track e In phone mode enter a phone number G Clock Push to a
134. Hildren LATCH WARNING Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where your vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol
135. Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Vinyl Cleaner Canada only CXC 93 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface e Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 254 Vehicle Care e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight e Dry the vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting e mmediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to the vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash it off as soon as possible e Remove any exterior accessories before entering a car wash Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure wand on the surface or ed
136. OCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door e Driver side turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock e Passenger side turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 34 Safety Belts PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips WARNING To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a collision WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety
137. OOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER O Gracenote 2007 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 466 Appendices Vehicle with SYNC only FCC ID KMHSG1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co l
138. PHVGES ANETARE sini id Push button start system 145 P Putting a call on off hold 332 Pairing other phones 329 404 Q Pairing your phone 403 Pairing your phone for the Quick touch buttons 444 first UME seeders 328 403 Parental MyKey programming 66 B Park Assist oooooooocccnonocnccnonccncn nns 179 Radio sss 308 305 307 309 Parking brake 172 AMWEM cs ort eite thes 383 Parts see Motorcraft amp parts 293 Single CD 303 305 307 309 Phone Bluetooth menu options Radio reception 301 adding connecting deleting Radio voice commands 384 turning on off oo cece 340 Rear view camera display 184 424 Phone redial 334 Rear window defroster 122 124 Phone settings 407 428 Receiving a text Phone voice commands 409 MESSIS anceps 336 407 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Index 489 Recommendations for Seat belts attaching safety restraints see Safety restraints 36 for children ssssss 24 S eats IN 221 222 child safety seats masias 24 R heated er rette 139 emote entry system illuminated entry 78 SecuriLock passive anti theft locking unlocking doors 73 74 A TIO 81 opening the trunk 74 Se
139. RNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 418 MyFord Touch If Equipped WARNING Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist privacy notice later in this section for important information Note If any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assi
140. RTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this owner s manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Introduction 15 Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to
141. SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you MUST have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When the cable is connected to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 400 MyFord Touch If Equipped Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then D select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands E If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice us button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device pres
142. Safety Canopy The horn and lamps will turn off when e you press the hazard control button e you press the panic button if equipped on the remote entry transmitter or e your vehicle runs out of power 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 46 Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNING Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant m E frontal and near frontal crashes Er E The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of e driver and passenger airbag modules PAY crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e front passenger sensing system Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration recommends a minim
143. Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual A French owner s manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 220 Customer Assistance REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has EZ a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a re
144. Service now Displays when the system requires service due to a malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Alarm triggered Check Vehicle A triggered due to unauthorized entry Alarm malfunction Service req d Displays when the system requires service due to a malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Battery and Charging System Ain Desert Message Elec system overvoltage Stop Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safely safe to do so and switch off the ignition Contact your authorized dealer Battery low Check handbook Displays to warn of a low battery condition Turn off all unneeded electrical accessories Contact your authorized dealer Action Description X door open Displays when the door s listed is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving not completely closed Luggage compartment lid open Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely closed 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 115 Action Description Hood open Displays when the hood is not completely closed and the vehicle is moving Displays when the hood is not completely closed Engine Message Action Description Engine malfunction Service now Engine service is required Contact your authorized dealer High engine temperature Stop Displays when the engine safely tempe
145. T OFF SWITCH WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 210 Roadside Emergencies Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the ignition on 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to re enable fuel pump Note If your vehicle has the push button start system press the stop start button twice to reactivate the fuel system JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage WARNING Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the automatic transmi
146. T PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 458 Appendices OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the TeleNav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Associati
147. TION MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO You can find a transmission code on GVWRXXXXXLB XXXXXKG the Safety Compliance Certification REAR GAWR Label The following table tells you XXXXKG un which transmission each code represents DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXKG XXXXXXXXXXX ET XXXX XX R AT XXX kPa X PSLCOLD AT XXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE XXXXX XXXXX VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TYPE XXX EXTPNT XX RC XX DSO we INTTR TPPS TR TAXLE SPR XXXXX XXX XXX XXX XX X XX J000000000000 AA 2000000000 XX Six speed automatic DPS6 Five speed manual MTX75 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 296 Accessories ACCESSORIES For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Custom Accessories are available for your vehicle through an authorized Ford or Ford of Canada dealer Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle through the warranty that pr
148. TM 3 1501030 A epeuer PMA I9USeA PISTUSPpuIM Apend unuq SAN ayerquaduo I9USeA PISTUSpuIM UnWId 3J 494030 AX pepoe4d jue ooog azoajquy ISUBIO 3 4291030 A juopeAmb q 10 9UIeN 31eq PIOA Qu 0c TO 40ssoduror oouno pmi 077 JUBI9SLJ9H D V S569 spunod Tg T ue1oesugey D V ping pombe se qj yoysem DI9TISDUIM oursue 119 103 CIp 9 sirenb g 9 jue ooo SUSUH Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 2014 Focus foc USA fus Capacities and Specifications 292 jeuuosied pogipenb Aq ATUO pIIMI S 9q 03 SI uro3s s JUBADSIAJIA O V SUL 9INSSIAA YSTY 1opun PFET Y JUBADSTAJOA surejuoo uro3s4s JUBIMSLIJOA D Y ML SUTUIBA epongoA INOA ur peddmbo Arreurstio od 3uepooo 9U PPV ATUBLIVM PIO MOA Aq paI9A09 JOU ST Jey o8eurep aursua 07 pea pmos pue ressooouun ore Aou eurguo INOA ur seAHnIppe ro eursuo ejueuro ddns osn you od SQUISU9 OUT OSeS OJ JIEW uoneogno GV oy s amp ej dsrp pue squouradmboa NS dV Sj9our yey ope18 AjrsoosIA popuoululo294 JO TIO SULSUS ue osn 0j o qe3doooe ose SI Y suoneorgroods p10 409W yey sro quereambo Jo sfo ourguo 3je194030 X osn 0 PaUSISIP uooq sey AUIBUO MOJ ISRUILp UOISSTUISUEI osneo leu pmg popueururooo1 y Uey 19470 pmg Aue Jo asp TeAI9 UI 92IAJ9S 1294109 au euruuojop 07 SI0UDUAUVOU perpetuos 01 ISJIYH PMI A uorssmusuedT YIMIO Ten 37e194030 N asn JUO p nous PM 4 UOISSTUSURAL YIMIO PENG ARIDIOJOA IMD yey suorssmusued oreuroqny
149. USA fus 124 Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A AUTO Press to select automatic operation The system automatically controls the temperature amount and distribution of the airflow to reach and maintain your previously selected temperature B Fan speed Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Press to select the desired fan speed The setting appears in the display C On and off button Press to switch the system off and on D MAX Defrost Press to distribute outside air through the windshield air vents The system automatically turns on the air conditioning sets the fan to the highest speed and the temperature to HI When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the temperature control Press the AUTO button to return to auto mode E MAX A C Press to distribute recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle Air conditioning automatically turns on the fan speed automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature display returns to the full cool position This re cooling of the interior air is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning Recirculated air may help reduce undesirable odors from entering the vehicle F Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This can reduce the time needed to
150. VEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 453 e THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End user notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s
151. WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call e Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and the transmission is in position P 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 329 Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls 1 Press the phone button when the display indicates no phone is paired press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display
152. When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel REFUELING WARNING Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle this is against the law in some places e Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel e Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container Place approved fuel container on the ground DO NOT fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e DO NOT use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 156 Fuel and Refueling Using the Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure Insert the fuel nozzle slowly If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel fille
153. Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once from off mode Start Starts the engine e Press the brake pedal and then press the button until the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Before starting the engine check the following e Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts e Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off e Make sure the parking brake is on e Move the transmission selector lever to position P automatic transmission or neutral manual transmission e Turn the ignition key to position II If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition see the following instructions Vehicles with an Ignition Key Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission fully press the clutch pedal also 2 Turn the key to position III Release the key when the engine starts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 147 Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note If you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Vehicles with Keyless Start Note
154. XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number VIN contains the following information A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle X X XXXXXX Weight Rating GVWR Restraint Devices and their location F C Make vehicle line series body type G H D Engine type E Check digit F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Capacities and Specifications 295 VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXX KG XXXX LB F REAR GAWR XXX KG 000 LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB XXXXXXXXXXXXXK TIRES ORG XXXXXX RIMS WITH he XXXXXXX XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PsiCOLD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN FFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety eu ox Compliance Certification Label shall OT pilar the door latch post or the pillar the door latch post or the INT AX AC LSO X Qt edge of the door near the door latch XX X a ly ey next to the driver s seating position TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNA
155. _experiences 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 389 HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen then select the Jp SIRIUS tab Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio u in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song e Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track e Press play or pause to play or pause the audio e Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch thi
156. ables necessary for use of the TeleNav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the TeleNav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the TeleNav Software to provide TeleNav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform TeleNav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement TeleNav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the TeleNav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the TeleNav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the TeleNav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License limitations You agree not to do any
157. afety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 30 Child Safety Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Using Tether Straps GA Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap l which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The rear seats of your vehicle are equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below Four door The tether anchors in your vehicl
158. ailable when the transmission is in R Reverse Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 8 mph 12 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind the vehicle is not shown Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Note When manual zoom is enabled only the centerline is shown Allows the driver to get a closer view of an object behind the vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference When the transmission is shifted out of R Reverse the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again Selectable settings for this feature are and The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of R Reverse and into any gear other than P Park the camera image remains in the display until the vehicle speed reaches 6 mph 10 km h This occurs when the rear
159. allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit NT from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 463 Severability You and NT agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above
160. allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 378 MyFord Touch If Equipped How to Use Voice Commands with Your System EM Press the voice icon After the tone speak your command us clearly What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following e During a voice session press the Help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen e Say What can I say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session e Press the voice icon After the tone say Help to hear a list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands
161. and the driver s door is opened Keyless Warning Alert If Equipped Sounds when the keyless vehicle is in RUN and the driver s door is opened Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are on the ignition is off the key is not in the ignition and the driver s door is opened Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 109 GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Information Display Controls e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and
162. anual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A A Right hand side B Left hand side e Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 10 Introduction SYMBOL GLOSSARY WARNING You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instr
163. apter for more information Key Battery low Replace soon Displays when the key battery is low Change the battery as soon as possible Refer to he Locks and Security chapter for more information Brake lamp Bulb fault Displays when the brake lamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Dipped beam Bulb fault Displays when the low beam headlamp bulb has burned out Contact your authorized dealer Headlamp malfunction Service Displays when an electrical system req d problem occurs with the headlamp system Contact your authorized dealer 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 117 Maintenance Message Action Description Engine oil change due Displays when the engine oil life is depleted and requires a change See Engine oil in the Maintenance and specifications chapter for more information Brake fluid level low Service now Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately Refer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter Contact your authorized dealer Washer fluid level low Displays when the washer fluid is low and needs to be refilled Refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and Specifications chapter MyKey Speed Limited to Displays when starting the vehicle XX MPH km h and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on MyKey Vehicle Near Top Speed Displays when a
164. arching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once your destination is selected your current vehicle location is uploaded and a route based on current traffic conditions is calculated and sent back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone call is automatically ended You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 3 While on an active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and a new route will be delivered to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports
165. are most accurate when the filling method is consistent 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 158 Fuel and Refueling Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy as follows Standard Divide miles traveled by gallons used Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground co
166. are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company WARNING Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat build up and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is l
167. ary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 170 Transmission the vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space This feature is activated automatically on any slope that can result in significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist Note If the engine is revved excessively hill start assist will be deactivated 1 Press the brake pedal to bring the vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 If the sensors detect that the vehicle is on a slope the hill start assist feature will be activated automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal the vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for approximately two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will be released automatically Note Using the brakes and the hill start assist is the recommended method of holding a position on a hill It is not recommended to use the accelerator pedal and engine t
168. as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Cruise Control if equipped It will illuminate when you switch this feature on Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators flash faster check for a burned out bulb Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Fasten Safety Belt It will illuminate and a chime will sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 106 Instrument Cluster Fog Lamps Front if equipped It will illuminate when you switch the front fog lamps on High Beam It will illuminate when the headlamp high beam is switched on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Information It will illuminate when a new message is stored in the information display It will be red or amber in color depending on the severity of the message and will remain on until the cause of the message has been rectified Low Fuel Level It will illuminate when th
169. ation Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 270 Wheels and Tires Information on T Type Tires
170. ation kit e battery jump start e lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period e winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries e towing Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 kilometers Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold in the U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s manual portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assi
171. ay 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account e Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online e Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites e Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC e Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 325 When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords an
172. ay back WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible WARNING Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 25 When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the st
173. ay music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To connect using the system menu Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu Scroll until Select Source appears and press OK Scroll to select USB and press OK Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play Menu 6 Press OK and scroll through selections of e Play All Artists Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music Return Qnae co B3 p When the desired selection appears in the display press OK to build your desired music selection 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 354 SYNCO What s Playing EE At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice us icon and ask the system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of the playing track to you Media Voice Commands EE Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB then any us of the following Search artist lt name gt Search genre lt name gt 1 3 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 355 Search song lt name gt Search track lt name gt Shuffle off Shuffle on What s playing l lt name gt
174. before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you are going to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 100 Windows and Mirrors INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night SUN VISORS Slide On Rod If Equipped Rotate the visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra sunlight coverage Retract the visor befor
175. belt properly WARNING In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt WARNING Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Safety Belts 35 WARNING When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them WARNING Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e lap and shoulder safety belts e shoulder safety
176. buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal e How fast the vehicle was travelling e Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur Note EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic Directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Ford Motor Company and Ford 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Introduction 13 of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful auth
177. by providing additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operation on uphill climbs Provides additional engine braking through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Allows the transmission to select gears that will provide the desired engine braking based on the vehicle inputs mentioned above This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Overdrive cancel with grade assist is designed to provide optimal gear selection in hilly terrain or mountainous areas It is recommended that you return to D Drive on flat terrain to provide the best fuel economy and transmission function To return to D Drive press the transmission control switch again e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster will not be illuminated e The transmission will operate in gears one through six 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 164 Transmission L Low This position e Provides maximum engine braking e Will downshift to the lowest available gear for the current vehicle speed allows for first gear when vehicle reaches slower speeds e Is not intended for use under extended or normal driving conditions and results in lower fuel economy S Sport If Equipped Moving the gearshift lever to S Sport e Provides additional grade engine braking and extends lower gear operatio
178. c system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death WARNING Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It is always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the Advance Trac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Stability Control 175 The AdvanceTracO system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and the traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See the Traction Control chapter for details on tracti
179. call and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada using their toll free number 1 800 333 0510 or online at http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuses 221 CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire If electrical components in your vehicle are not working a fuse a f may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within 15 the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color COLOR Fuse Mini Standard Maxi enar Fuse li
180. camera delay feature is on or until a radio button is selected Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 188 Cruise Control PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED WARNING Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death WARNING When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage if your vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Cruise Control 189 Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Changing the Set Speed e Press and h
181. cations can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving EXPORT UNIQUE NON UNITED STATES CANADA VEHICLE SPECIFIC INFORMATION For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this owner s manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle This owner s manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features
182. ccess clock settings You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings H Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode I Seek e Press and release these buttons to go to the previous or next preset radio station or disc track e Press and hold these buttons to fast forward to the previous or next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track ON OFF Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn to adjust the volume K MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu structure later in this section L SOUND e Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance e Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit e Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system See the SYNC chapter for more information N MEDIA Press this button to switch between listening to a CD and the SYNC Media menu To change the SYNC Media device such as switching from a device plugged into the USB port to a Bluetooth audio device press MENU and scroll to Select Source O RADIO Press this button
183. ceive multiple EULASs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 450 Appendices SOFTWARES ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to
184. cessary The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note At low ambient temperatures with AUTO selected the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents and fan may run at a slow speed until the engine warms up Heating the Interior Quickly Vehicles with manual climate Vehicles with automatic control climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the Press the high fan speed button highest speed setting control 2 Adjust the temperature control Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting to the highest setting Adjust the air distribution Press the floor button to control to the floor air vents distribute air to the floor air vents 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Climate Control 127 Recommended Settings for Heating 1 2 Adjust the temperature control Set the temperature to 72 F to the midway point of the hot 22 C settings Adjust the air distribution control to the floor and windshield air vents position control climate control highest speed setting Adjust the temperature control to MAX A C Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position Adjust the temperature control Set the temperature to 72 F to the midway point of the c
185. ch feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 455 Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the TeleNav Software Your use of the TeleNav Software indicates that you accept these te
186. cknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY E
187. cle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 20 minutes You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 30 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See the Information Display chapter REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL You can purchase replacement or additional keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer A dealer can program the transmitters to your vehicle or you may be able to program them yourself See the Security chapter for information on programming your transmitters 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 66 MyKey PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to e create a MyKey e program configurable MyKey settings e clear all MyKey features When you have program
188. com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI Note SYNC Services requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC with your phone for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions
189. cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle S LI E SoN G CN N 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Climate Control 125 G Defrost Press to distribute air through the windshield air vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice H Instrument panel Press to distribute air through the instrument panel air vents I Floor Press to distribute air through the floor air vents J Air conditioning Press to switch the air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Temperature Control You can set the temperature between 60 F 15 5 C and 85 F 29 5 F in steps of 1 F 0 5 C In position LO 59 F 15 C the system switches to permanent cooling In position HI 86 F 80 C the system switches to permanent heating Single Zone Temperature Control In this mode the climate control system links the temperature settings for both the driver s side and passenger s side If you adjust the setting using the rotary control on the driver s side the system adjusts the temperature to the same setting on the passenger s side Dual Zone Temperature Control Select a temperature for the passenger s side using the rotary control on the passenger s side Single zon
190. curacy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted Or error free 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 462 Appendices Disclaimer of Warranty NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability NT AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF NT OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not
191. d The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Proceed as follows to override this protection function when there is a resistance for example in the winter 1 Close the window twice until it reaches the resistance and let it reverse 2 Close the window a third time to the resistance The bounce back function is disabled and you can close the window manually The window will override the resistance and you can close it fully Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt Resetting the Bounce Back Feature WARNING The bounce back function remains deactivated until you have reset the memory You must reset the bounce back memory separately for each window after the battery has been disconnected 1 Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed Release the switch Lift the switch again for one more second Press and hold the switch until the window is fully open Release the switch Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed Open the window and then try to close it automatically CONDO WwW LH Reset and repeat the procedure
192. d USB Port section of this chapter For a complete list of Browse voice commands see USB amd SD card voice commands and Bluetooth audio voice commands in the following sections Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the Sirius station such as the Highway The following voice commands 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 383 are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or Sirius satellite radio Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English Play playlist lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play album lt name gt Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM and FM Touch the AM or FM tab to li
193. d by a foreign object i e front bumper cover e a mini spare tire is in use Using Active Park Assist Press the button the touch screen UNE CS displays a message and a ja m corresponding graphic to indicate lt US NS E JD it s searching for a parking space Use the turn signal to indicate LOS which side of the vehicle you want SN the system to search on AUTO IPI ON Note If the turn signal is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side D E E Te D When a suitable space is found the touch screen displays a message and a chime sounds Slow down and stop at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touch screen 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 181 Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver Note Vehicles with overhanging loads e g a bus or a truck street furniture and other items may not be detected by active park assist You must ensure the selected space is suitable for parking Note The vehicle should be driven as parallel to other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space Note The system always offers the last detected parking space i e if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note If driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touch screen shows a messa
194. d cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in the ve
195. d click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 415 Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to sel
196. d to the deployment of side airbags SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS WARNING Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash WARNING Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 54 Supplementary Restraints System WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the side curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing side curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and side curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING To reduce the risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the side curtain airbag WARNING If the side curtain airbags have deployed the side curtain airbags will not function again The side curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized deal
197. d you again or switching the ignition on DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS IF EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision The system switches the headlamps on in daylight conditions To switch the system on switch the ignition on and switch the lighting control to the off autolamp or parking lamp positions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Lighting 93 FRONT FOG LAMPS Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except off and the high beams are not on DIRECTION INDICATORS t Push the lever up or down to use the on direction indicators y Note Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met e You open any door e You press a remote control button e You press switch D on the front interior lamp 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 94 Lighting Note Press switch C on the front interior lamp to switch the courtesy and door illuminat
198. damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry with a clean white cotton cloth 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Vehicle Care 259 CLEANING LEATHER SEATS IF EQUIPPED Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Clean spills and stains as quickly as possible For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the
199. dditional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or se
200. deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required SOS POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag equipped on your vehicle such as front side side curtain or
201. dge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated malfunction and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 282 Wheels and Tires Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Flashing Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel warning light and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section TPMS If the tires are properly inflated and malfunction the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you
202. door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 266 Wheels and Tires INFORMATION CONTAINED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall Information on P Type Tires P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the n
203. download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done Radio Voice Commands EM If you are listening to the radio press the voice button on the i amp steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the commands in the following chart 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 385 lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 530 1710 gt FM 2 preset lt gt FMautoset preset lt H gt __ ____________ Tf available Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart BOO 53017105 FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt Tf available 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 386 MyFord Touch If Equipped HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in al
204. ds are at recommended levels If the battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 263 TIRE CARE IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR 235 40R18 LOW PROFILE TIRES AND WHEELS If your vehicle is equipped with 235 40R18 tires they are low profile tires These tires and wheels are designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance With low profile tires you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire wear depending on road conditions and driving styles Due to their design low profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes rough or unpaved roads car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels Note Your vehicle s warranty does not cover these types of damage Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading a 7 Tire Quality Grades apply to new Cw pneumatic passenger car tires The Tire Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example e Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States De
205. dust and dirt could wear away the clearcoat finish over time 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 260 Vehicle Care e Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergent e If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This reduces the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components General e Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place e Protect from sunlight if possible e If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body e Wash vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders e Periodically wash vehicles stored in exposed locations e Touch up raw or primed metal to prevent rust e Cover chrome and stainl
206. e E Tachometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Shows the temperature of the engine coolant At normal operating temperature the needle will remain in the center section If the needle enters the red section the engine is overheating Stop the engine switch the ignition off and determine the cause once the engine has cooled down Note Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been resolved WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 104 Instrument Cluster Fuel gauge Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is moving or on a gradient The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Airbag Front If it fails to illuminate on
207. e resetting the device removing the device s battery then trying again e Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature e Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 366 SYNCO Phone issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s The system says Limitations on your e Try pushing your phonebook Phonebook phone s capability contacts to SYNC by using the Downloaded but my phonebook in SYNC is empty or is missing contacts I am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC Text messaging is not working on SYNC e This is a phone dependent feature OR e Possible phone malfunction e This is a phone dependent feature OR e Possible phone malfunction Add Contacts feature e If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory e Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact e Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again e Check the security and aut
208. e FFV 151 BUNS iiec eec tbe tpe een 245 Floor mats es 206 bulb specifications 252 Fluid capacities ccc 290 flash to pass ss 90 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Index 487 AL chessesssts xestceededss 90 L replacing bulbs 246 247 Head restraints 133 Lamps Heated steering wheel 433 His d RUM T Heating s 123 184 SPECIDERURIES Ghart cedem fog lampS s s ios iren 93 Help DE 432 headlamps flash to pass 90 Hill start assist 169 interior lamps 93 HOO eerie eres 232 replacing bulbs 246 247 How to use voice commands 378 LATCH anchors s 28 I Lights warning and indicator 104 Listening to MUSIC 381 ISO cse etu mcs 145 Load limits naana 194 Illuminated visor mirror 100 Locks Information displays 109 autolock iia Eo Ue 76 childproof conoococncccnccnnnncccccccncnnnnn 33 Inspection maintenance 1 M doors 73 testing sonera i EA 161 E SO Lubricant specifications 290 Instrument panel A A ese RUE 258 Lug NUUS ases 288 CIWSUGE read nee tee 104 M Intelligent Access Key 59 J Making and receiving calls 404 Manual transmission 167 BT SNR NER RR 283 fluid Capacities 290 positioning cce acero 283 lubricant sp
209. e batteries CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade amp to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 242 Maintenance CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades e 1 Turn the ignition off before ar 9 rt removing the wiper blade 2 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass 3 Squeeze the locking tabs to A release the blade from the arm and YN pull the blade away from the arm to remove it 4 Attach the new blade to the arm and snap it into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield Refer to the Vehicle Care chapter To prolong the life of the wiper blades it is highly recommended to scrape off the ice on the windshield before turning on the wipers The layer of ice has many sharp edges and can damage the micro edge of the wiper rubber element Changing the Rear Window Wiper Blade If Equipped To replace the rear wiper blade 1 Lift t
210. e are located under a cover marked with the tether anchor symbol shown with title Five door The tether anchors in your vehicle are located on the back panel of the rear seat The tether strap anchors in your Lb vehicle are in the following i positions shown from top view 8 b Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 31 Four door 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 3 Open the tether anchor cover p iR A Cm Man 4 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in gt the event of a c
211. e during very hot or cold temperatures Make sure the device is connected to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your device e Make sure that all song details are populated e Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 368 SYNCO Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s I received a text e Your account may e This is a free feature but you that the Vehicle not be activated on must first register online to use it Health Report is the website OR e Make sure that your VIN is not activated e You may have correctly listed in your account the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed I am unable to The preferred When you register your account retrieve the dealer information you must list a preferred dealer report on the did not load If one is already listed try website or I correctly selecting another dealer and receive a system logging out Log back in and error change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report I am unable to e This could be due e Update your mobile number in submit a report to your phone s your account on the website compatibility OR e Make sure you have full signal e Bad signal strength and that your Bluetooth strength OR volume level has been turned up e Your phone may
212. e fuel level is low or near empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning I It illuminates when your tire pressure is low If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible The lamp also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by your authorized dealer Overdrive Cancel and Grade Assist if equipped It will illuminate when you turn off the overdrive function of e the transmission and switch on the grade assist function Parking Lamps It will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Instrument Cluster 107 Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after the engine is started it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system OBD has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system Refer to On board diagnostics OBD in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire cond
213. e moving it back toward the windshield and storing it Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror If Equipped Lift the cover to switch on the lamp 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 101 MOONROOF IF EQUIPPED WARNING Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves WARNING When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and ensure that children and or pets are not in the proximity of the moon roof opening You can manually open or close the sunscreen when the glass panel is closed The moonroof has a one touch open and close feature To stop motion during one touch operation press the control a second time The moonroof control is located on the overhead console Opening and Closing the Moonroof Press and release the rear of the control to open the moonroof If the sliding shade is closed it will open along with the moonroof The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce rumbling wind noise which may happen with the moonroof fully open Press and release the control again to fully open the moonroof Press and release the front of the control to close the moonroof 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 102 Windows and Mirrors Bounce Back The moonroof stops auto
214. e of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash e The vehicle s battery or SYNC system has no power e The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 420 MyFord Touch If Equipped 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report If Equipped United States Only WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform sch
215. e out Note Your vehicle s back up keys were issued with a security tag that DD Information Keep the tad in amp safe 1031X information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from your vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Integrated Keyhead Transmitter 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover 2 Remove the old battery 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 61 3 Insert the new battery Refer to the Y 2 instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 4 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter Intelligent Access Key Type 1 1 Press and hold the push buttons to release the cover Carefully a remove the cover 1 4 2 Remove the key blade e 3 Twist the screwdriver in the position shown to start separating the two halves of the remote control 4 Twist the screwdriver in the posi
216. e temperature control automatically switches off The temperature on the driver s side remains unchanged You can now adjust the driver s side and passenger s side temperatures independently The display shows the temperature settings for each side Switching Back to Single Zone Temperature Control Press and hold AUTO for 2 4 seconds The passenger s side temperature switches to the driver s side temperature setting 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 126 Climate Control HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE General Hints Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up Note You may feel a small amount of air from the floor air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note To reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Manual Climate Control Note To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position Increase the temperature and fan speed to improve clearing if required Automatic Climate Control Note Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not ne
217. e to lock 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Locks 75 Opening a Rear Door from Inside Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open a rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Activating Intelligent Access If Equipped The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door Press and hold the door handle lock sensor to lock your vehicle To avoid unlocking the door inadvertently be sure to only touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation At the Luggage Compartment Press the exterior release button above the license plate 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 76 Locks Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead Transmitter This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by pressing the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed If both front doors are closed you can lock
218. e to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin and or clothing promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction e Flex fuel vehicle fuel tanks may contain zero to 8596 ethanol Any fuel blends containing gasoline and ethanol should be treated the same as Fuel Ethanol Flex fuel vehicles have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet During the summer months ethanol fuel blends may contain a maximum of 8596 denatured ethanol and 1596 unleaded gasoline Ethanol fuel blends have a higher octane rating than unleaded regular or premium gasoline and this allows the design of engines with greater efficiency and power During winter months ethanol fuel blends sold at service stations may have ethanol content reduced to 5196 to enhance cold engine starts Ethanol is more chemically active than gasoline
219. eating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt four times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state e After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt e After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash for confirmation e This will disable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the Belt Minder feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 42 Safety Belts CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends
220. echnicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12 month or 12000 mile 20000 kilometers parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 468 Scheduled Maintenance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems it is imperative that scheduled maintenance be completed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor IOLM system which shows a message in the information display at the proper oil change service interval this interval may be
221. ecifications 290 SLOTage eseee 283 EOVCISO serakan nna aN 168 Joining two calls MAP DVD Loading and multiparty c onference call ee 332 Unloading ano 404 Jump starting your vehicle 210 MADUCONS airis 443 Map mode 442 K Map preferences 440 Keyless entry system Map updates ssss 445 autolock cepere 76 Media Bluetooth menu options RS cecus I A a A E A 58 81 adding connecting deleting positions of the ignition 145 turning on off oo cece 362 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 488 Index Message center ssss 109 Playing music by artist warning messages 113 album genre playlist tracks MITTOTS esencias 98 100 Similar rreren nan 359 e ie N CM POI categories comino 438 Moon roof A an 101 Point of Interest POD 438 Motorcraft parts 253 293 Power distribution box MyFord Touch system 371 see FUSES 222 NEY ooon 66 Power door locks sess 13 Power mirrors sssss 98 N Powerpoint eesssss 142 Navigation features 436 Power steering sss 191 Navigation voice commands 445 fluid checking and adding 239 Notifications 417 tun Por c dd e 0 Power Windows 96 Octane rating esti 153
222. ect from a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot EE Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and when i prompted say any of the following Travel Link voice commands B day weather forecast Sports scores Fuel prices Traffic Movie listings Travel Link Sports headlines Sports schedule Weather map 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 416 MyFord Touch If Equipped Tr you have said Sports headlines Sports schedule or Sports scores you may say any of the commands in the Sports headlines Sports schedules and Sports scores commands chart If you have said Travel Link you may say any of the commands in the Travel Link chart Sports headlines sports schedules and sports scores voice commands Motorsports Pd TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather Golf schedule NBA scores forecast Baseball headlines MLS headlines
223. ed Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control as Note Your vehicle s keys came iOSIAV with a security label that provides important key cut information Keep the label in a safe place for future reference 0000909080 2 O SAO 1000 1104 VV L09NSL Lp 17 X80 L CAUTION TOBERENOVED BY CUSTOMER ONLY 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 59 Intelligent Access Key If Equipped Type 1 Type 2 Your vehicle may be equipped with two intelligent access keys which operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in the vehicle to activate the push button start system Mechanical Key Blade The key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that can be used to unlock the driver door Type 1 ceo 2 To release the mechanical key blade u 1 Press and hold the push buttons on the edges of the transmitter to Y release the cover Carefully remove the cover 1 2 Remove the key blade 1 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 60 Keys and Remote Control Type 2 gt To release the key blade slide the release on the back of the transmitter then pull the blad
224. ed Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s Refer to Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 1 Switch the ignition on with an admin key 2 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to a feature 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the vehicle off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 68 MyKey CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display to do the following 1 Access the main menu and select Settings then MyKey 2 Scroll to Clear All and press the OK button 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays
225. ed in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 237 e Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing e Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications for more information Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available a Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standa
226. ed manually by e pressing the active park assist button e grabbing the steering wheel e driving above approximately 20 mph 35 km h for 30 seconds during an active park search e driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering e turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system e Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface e Anti lock brake system activation or failure e Any door except the driver s opens e Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a chime Occasional active park assist messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent active park assist faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 183 Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off Any door except the driver s may not be completely closed The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of the vehicle in order to park side of the parking space The transmission is in R Reverse the vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The vehicle is r
227. eduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 421 The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle Diagnostic Information Schedu
228. ehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples are 1 The vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 2 Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly 3 The fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Easy Fuel No Cap Fuel System in this chapter 4 Driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet These temporary malfunctions can be corrected by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time the engine is started A driving cycle consists of a cold engine start up followed by mixed city or highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and can lead to more costly repairs 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st P
229. ehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL5 FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE me ee nomen sec OWNERS MANUAL FOR 200 KPA 29 PS ADDITIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 60 PS INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXX XX2000CXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TFRONT T REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES y TOTAL 5 avant 2 4 ARRI RE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 492 kg or 1085 Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou ENE PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI INFORMATION REAR VOIR LE MANUEL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI DE LUSAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE as T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS PET uS XXX XX2000C XXXX A XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 196 Load Carrying
230. ehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary e Screens that are too crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings Sirius Travel Link sports scores movie times and ski conditions e Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted Features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone phonebook contacts from a USB recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing settings while the rear view camera or Active Park Assist are active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Playing video wallpaper Text Messages Navigation Adding or Editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 377 Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread
231. eiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and can only be done when the vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note Only one recipient is allowed per text message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message You have these options 1 Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read Message to have SYNC read the message to you 2 Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose whether you d like to reply or forward the message 3 Press OK and scroll to choose between e Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send e Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Text Message appears and press OK 3 Scroll to se
232. elect You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist 2 Scroll until the desired artist is chosen and press OK 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 360 SYNCO Albums Sort all indexed media by albums If there are less than 255 indexed albums they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are organized into alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll until the desired album is chosen and press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select and then scroll to select the desired genre and press OK Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 they are organized into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired playlist and press OK Search for and play a specific track which has been indexed SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 SYNC automatically organizes them into alphabetical categories Press OK to select Then scroll to select the desired track and press OK 2014 Focus f
233. electrical connector 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 247 CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions These are examples of acceptable condensation e Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets e Fine mist covers less than 5096 of the lens These are examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak e Water puddle inside the lamp e Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Headlamp Bulbs WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note If the bulb is accidentally to
234. elp prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission selector lever in position P or N set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed WARNING Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 286 Wheels and Tires WARNING Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel WARNING Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 1 Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission selector lever in position P or N and turn the engine off 3 Remove the carpeted wheel cover 4 Remove the wing nut and bolt assembly that secures the spare tire and jack by turning it counterclockwise 5 Remove the lug wrench and jac
235. en you take your foot off the accelerator pedal and the vehicle begins to slow down you may perceive a light to medium braking sensation as the transmissions makes adjustments P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning To put your vehicle in gear e Press the brake pedal e Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear To put your vehicle in P Park e Come to a complete stop e Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Transmission 163 D Drive The normal driving position for the best fuel economy Transmission operates in gears one through six D Drive with Overdrive Cancel Grade Assist A Pressing the transmission control switch on the side of the gearshift e lever activates overdrive cancel and grade assist Overdrive cancel grade assist e Overdrive is deactivated 8 e The transmission operates in gears one through five e The grade assist lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated e Improves driving experience in hilly terrain or mountainous areas
236. encies chapter If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park 1 Apply the parking brake turn the ignition key to the off position and remove the key 2 Using a screwdriver or similar tool carefully pry off and remove the passenger side access cover Remove the fastener then remove the console side panel to expose the inside of the shifter assembly 3 Locate the brake shift interlock lever on the passenger side of the shifter assembly 4 Apply the brake pedal Using a screwdriver or similar tool press and hold the white brake shift interlock lever forward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P Park position and into the N Neutral position 5 Reinstall the console side panel and attach the fastener 6 Reinstall the access cover 7 Apply the brake pedal start the vehicle and release the parking brake See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Transmission 167 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in m
237. ental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at the dealership for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or Field Service Actions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Ford Extended Service Plan 299 Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including e Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts e Out of fuel and lock out assistance e Travel Expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car e Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Avoid the Rising cost of vehicle maintenance Ford ESP also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventative care and replacement items that require
238. enter Head Restraints Bs c c A id 9 B The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and release button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Seats 135 Adjusting the Head Restraint Raise Pull up the head restraint Lower 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Remove 1 Pull up the head restraint until it reaches the highest adjustment position 2 Press and hold buttons C and D 3 Pull the head restraint up Install Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Make sure the front of the head restraint faces the front of the vehicle Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped The front head restraints may have a tilting feature for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following g 9 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or I riding position 2 Tilt the head restraint forward by gently pulling the top of the head restraint Once it is in its forward most position tilt it forward once more to release it to the upright position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012
239. enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful ov gg CI Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up downloading your phone book etc Pairing Subsequent Phones Note To scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Note Make sure the vehicle ignition and radio are turned on and that the transmission is in position P Press the phone button and scroll until System Settings is selected Press OK and scroll until Bluetooth Devices is selected and press OK Scroll until Add Bluetooth Device is selected and press OK When Find SYNC appears in the display press OK Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s user guide if necessary When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful 7 The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up download your phone book etc S SP wh E 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 330 SYNCO Phone Voice Commands
240. entered digits Delete deletes one digit Note To exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the PHONE menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 332 SYNCO Making Calls Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number 2 When the system confirms the number say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all spoken digits say Clear or press and hold the left arrow button To end the call press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can Answer the call by pressing this button on your steering wheel SN controls Pr Reject the call by pressing this button on your steering wheel AME controls Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call During an active call you have additional menu features which become available such as putting a call on hold joining calls etc Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options To access 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 When Active Call Menu is selected press OK 3 Scroll to cycle through the following options When you select Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press
241. epair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires e Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 301 GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio reception factors Distance and The further you travel from an FM station strength the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Terrain Hills mountains tall bu
242. eploys e The driver s knee airbag may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions e The design of the side airbags and side curtain airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 57 GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range A decrease in operating range could be caused by e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures ar
243. eps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat 1 Position the child safety seat in seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 2 Child Safety 6 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat D manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming e from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out Note The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode You should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 2
244. equipped with traditional keys may want to program the remote start system as a MyKey if the MyKey driver uses the remote start fob That way when the MyKey driver starts the vehicle with the remote start system the MyKey restrictions will be remain active With a non Ford approved aftermarket remote start system it is possible to program all real keys as MyKeys unintentionally If this happens then the remote start fob is the admin key If you want to have only one real key as a MyKey or do not want to have any MyKeys then you need to use your remote start to clear all MyKeys In that case follow these steps e Enter the vehicle and close all doors e Remote start the vehicle using your remote start fob e See Clearing All MyKeys Follow Steps 1 3 After clearing your MyKeys you can create a new MyKey See Creating a MyKey Note For vehicles with intelligent access keys push button start you cannot program the remote start system as a MyKey Always treat the remote start fob as you would any other admin key 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyKey 71 MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Potential causes I cannot create a MyKey I cannot program the configurable settings I cannot clear the MyKeys 2014 Focus foc e The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges e The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at
245. er If the side curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash A side curtain airbag will deploy during significant side crashes The airbags are mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes the side curtain airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle will be activated The side curtain airbags are designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes The system consists of e side curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 55 e a flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow side air curtain deployment PY crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness Y indicator See Crash sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the back seats The side curtain airbags will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the side curtain airbags included
246. er skip or This is poor time No action required repeat in audio alignment by the radio This is a broadcast Increase or decrease in broadcaster issue audio volume Sound fading or The radio is shifting No action required blending in and out between analog and The reception issue digital audio may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute The digital multicast No action required delay when selecting is not available until This is normal HD2 or HD3 multicast the HD Radio behavior Wait until the preset or Direct Tune broadcast is decoded audio is available Once decoded the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or The previously stored No action required HD3 multicast channel multicast preset or The station is not when recalling a preset direct tune is not available in your or from a direct tune available in your current location current reception area Text information does Data service issue by Fill out the station not match currently the radio broadcaster issue form at website playing audio listed below There is no text Data service issue by Fill out the station information shown for the radio broadcaster issue form at website currently selected listed below frequency HD2 HD7 stations not Pressing Sean disables No action required found when Scan is HD2 HD7 channel This is normal pressed search behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station
247. er or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See your authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Turn the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Turn the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of turning the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 8 Turn the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition
248. er or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing Address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com These are some of the items that can be found online e U S Dealer Locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code e Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans e Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 214 Customer Assistance In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6K 1C8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to
249. ersonal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lb 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you 4 of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 Ib 99 kg each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 Ib 13 5 kg each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 Ib Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bag
250. es of reconnecting the battery cable When reconnecting that cable tighten it until it is snug against the terminal Be careful not to over tighten 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Towing 203 Vehicles with an Automatic Transmission and Push Button Start System Note There must be battery power to properly move the transmission s internal components to position N in Step 3 In addition moving the gearshift to position N without first turning the ignition to the on II position limits the towing capability to 35 mph 56 km h and 50 miles 80 kilometers 1 Release the parking brake 2 Activate the ignition by pressing the START button but not applying the brake pedal 9 Press the brake pedal and then move the gearshift to position N Release the brake pedal 4 Wait for TRANSMISSION READY to appear in the multi function display and then switch the ignition off by pressing the START button 5 Disconnect the negative black cable from the battery You need the door key inside the Intelligent Access Key to lock and unlock doors when the battery cable is disconnected In addition the anti theft system does not function until the battery cable is reconnected See Changing the vehicle battery in the Maintenance chapter when disconnecting and reconnecting the battery cable e The maximum towing speed is 70 mph 113 km h e There is no limitation on towing distance When done towi
251. ese input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select either a tuned FM station or a CD if there is a CD already loaded into the system Adjust the volume as desired Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to V5 the maximum Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen Select the A V In tab You should hear audio from your portable music player although
252. ess and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description hotel check in and checkout times or restaurant hours Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website link This screen displays either a facility photo if available or point of interest icons such as Hotel gt Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife Attraction 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 440 MyFord Touch If Equipped This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple D categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons Hotel services and facilities e Restaurant 24 Hr Room Service amp Business Center i t Fitness Center amp Handicap Facilities Laundry t Refrigerator Wi Fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and check out times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Pres
253. ess steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when the vehicle is washed e Lubricate hood latch all door latches and trunk lid hinges with a light grade oil e Cover interior trim to prevent fading e Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine e The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Vehicle Care 261 e Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature e With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel system e Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Note During extended periods of vehicle storage 30 days or more fuel may deteriorate due to oxidation Add a quality gas stabilizer product to the vehicle fuel system whenever actual or expected storage periods exceed 30 days Follow the instructions on the additive label The vehicle should then be operated at idle speed to circulate the additive throughout the fuel system Cooling system e Protect against freezing temperatures e When removing vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery e Check and rec
254. ess than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 272 Wheels and Tires Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi
255. ess your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with your authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts Calendar e SYNC Apps If the icon is yellow see Alerts in the Information section of this chapter ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 374 MyFord Touch If Equipped Using the Touch sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls e Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control e Make sure your hands are clean and dry e Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Po
256. est to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature A B C WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 265 Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the OE Original Equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry
257. exing file size is reached Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature which allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over the vehicle s speakers Note If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 358 SYNCO Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once these selections are turned on they remain on until turned off Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Note Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Press OK to select and then scroll to choose from Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist Note To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play All in the Play Menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Press OK to listen to music which has already been randomly indexed during the indexing Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smart phone See SYNC AppLink earlier in this chapter for more information System Sett
258. extended period of time To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS any electrical devices that are added to the vehicle should not have their ground connection made directly at the negative battery post A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle When the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the automatic transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy As a result of this the transmission may shift firmly when first driven This operation is considered normal and will fully update transmission operation to its optimum shift feel If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and the preset radio stations must be reset once the battery is reconnected Note Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotiv
259. f and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Care should be taken to avoid inhaling excess fumes WARNING Flexible fuel components and standard unleaded gasoline fuel components are not interchangeable If your vehicle is not serviced in accordance with flexible fuel vehicles procedures damage may occur and your warranty may be invalidated Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel e Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle e Always turn off the vehicle before refueling e Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 152 Fuel and Refueling e Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury e Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failur
260. f the above commands or commands in the following Navigation chart 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 447 If you have said Destination you may say any of the commands in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 448 Appendices GENERAL INFORMATION SYNCO End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved e The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The a
261. feature independently of the autolock feature 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 78 Locks Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if e you start your vehicle e you press the remote control lock button or e after 25 seconds of illumination The lights will not turn off if e you turn them on with the lamp control or e any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and e 25 seconds elapse e you lock your vehicle from the outside Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome lamps on and switch the ignition off the battery saver shuts them off after some time Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped If you leave the ignition on after leaving your vehicle it will shut off 15 minutes after you close all of the doors 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Locks 79 TRUNK RELEASE With the Remote Control Press twice within three seconds From Inside Your Vehicle If Equipped Press the button located on the instrument panel From Outside Your Vehicle Press the release butto
262. fficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e The readiness light will either flash or stay lit N e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem or light are repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions such as crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices e The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration e The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal and near frontal crashes and may also activate when a side curtain d
263. from one headlamp while adjusting the other For Vehicles with Halogen Headlamps On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 246 Maintenance For Vehicles with HID Headlamps There is a distinct cut off change from light to dark in the left portion of the beam pattern The top edge of this cut off should be positioned 2 inches 5 centimeters below the horizontal reference line 4 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line 5 Close the hood and turn off the lamps HORIZONTAL AIM IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS VEHICLE AND IS NOT ADJUSTABLE REMOVING A HEADLAMP 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the hood 2 Remove the two screws from the headlamp assembly 3 Carefully pull the headlamp assembly as far as possible towards the front of the vehicle to disengage it from the lower fixing point 4 Carefully lift the outer side of the headlamp and remove it 5 Disconnect the
264. ft Speeds The engine is designed to operate at a minimum of 1250 RPM for optimal power fuel economy and durability When driving a vehicle equipped with a manual transmission do not operate the engine below 1250 RPM while driving with the transmission in any gear also known as lugging This does not apply while starting or idling the engine while the transmission is in neutral and or the clutch pedal is pressed Lugging the engine below 1250 RPM may result in damage to the vehicle powertrain poor fuel economy poor acceleration and undesirable noise vibration and harshness Choose the next lowest gear until a proper engine RPM is reached Note Do not downshift into 1 First when your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph 24 km h This will damage the clutch Upshift according to the following chart when accelerating 3 4 Reverse Note Make sure that your vehicle is at a complete stop before you shift into R Reverse Failure to do so may damage the transmission Note The gearshift lever can only be moved into R Reverse by moving it from left of 3 Third and 4 Fourth before shifting into R Reverse This is a lockout feature that protects the transmission from accidentally being shifted into R Reverse from 5 Fifth Hold the clutch pedal down and move the gearshift lever into the neutral position Shift into R Reverse If R Reverse is not fully engaged press the clutch pedal down and return
265. fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to dislodge any debris and or allow the inlet to close properly If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn Off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by city highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well FUEL CONSUMPTION Filling the Tank The advertised capacity is the indicated capacity and the empty reserve combined Indicated capacity is the difference in the amount of fuel in a full tank and a tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty Empty reserve is the amount of fuel in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank e Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running e Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled e Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results
266. functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 465 respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights
267. g it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Choose your connection methods and change Connection Methods them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Wi Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a bf Cri certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance CERTIFIED 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 432 MyFord Touch If Equipped Help ES Press the Settings icon gt Help then select from the following Where Am I View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation nothing displays System Information ESN version applications installed on your system vehicle is moving 911 Assist Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section In Case of Emergency ICE Speed Dial allows yo
268. g options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to e Mute the call e Put it on hold e Turn on privacy returns the call to your cellular phone e Join two calls e End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from you phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To turn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On Certain smart phones may support transferring street addresses when listed with phone book contact information If your phone supports this feature you can select and use these addresses as destinations and save them as favorites History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 406 MyFord Touch If Equipped Messaging Se
269. ge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash the vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash e Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag e Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces for a period of time exceeding that which is recommended e Note Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Vehicle Care 255 Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash e If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recomme
270. ge to alert the driver to reduce vehicle speed Automatic Steering into Parking Space Note If vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system turns off and you need to take full control of the vehicle Note If a maneuver is interrupted before completion the system turns off and you need to full take control of the vehicle In some instances after an interruption a message may appear that would allow you to resume the maneuver With hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement and the transmission in R Reverse the vehicle steers itself as instructions to safely move the vehicle back and forward in the space are displayed in the touch screen While reversing the touch screen displays a message instructing the driver to check their surroundings for safety reasons and to back up slowly accompanied by a corresponding graphic K 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 182 Parking Aids When you think the vehicle has enough space in front and behind it or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid bring the vehicle to a complete stop JAS When automatic steering is finished the touch screen displays a message indicating that the active park assist process is done The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in P Park Deactivating the Park Assist Feature The system can be deactivat
271. ght 8 a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when the child is seated without a booster seat e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion e Can the child sit without slouching e Does the lap belt rest low across the hips e Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest e Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 22 Child Safety Types of Booster Seats e Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat e High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Print
272. gine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage WARNING Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Do not start your vehicle in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you connect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You may disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise Do not press the accelerator pedal while starting the engine If you have difficulty starting the engine see Failure to start later in this section 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Starting and Stopping the Engine 145 IGNITION SWITCH IF EQUIPPED 0 Off The ignition is off Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave y
273. grounding points Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the 4 positive cable to the positive wy terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to ar the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Sl eae 2 3 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine away from the battery and the carburetor or fuel injection system Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades belts moving parts of both engines or any fuel delivery system parts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 212 Roadside Emergencies Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run the engine at a moderately increased speed 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables Removing the Jumper Cables Note In the illustration the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting boosting battery Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface 2 Remove the jumper
274. h SelectShift will make some downshifts for you it will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as SelectShift determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving Note If manual control is no longer desired return the gear shift lever from S Sport to D Drive Note Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting Brake Shift Interlock WARNING Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working WARNING When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate WARNING If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 166 Transmission This vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the on position unless the brake pedal is pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park with ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed it is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly Refer to Fuses amd relays in the Roadside Emerg
275. h enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 404 MyFord Touch If Equipped 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone
276. harge as necessary Keep connections clean e If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note If battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features Brakes e Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires e Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 262 Vehicle Care Removing Vehicle from Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces Check windshield wipers for any deterioration Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label Check brake pedal operation Drive the vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and flui
277. hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers the vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and or audibly instructs the driver to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space i e a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high from the ground i e a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves Note After a tire change the system will go through a relearning procedure During this time the system performance may deteriorate 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 180 Parking Aids The system should not be used if e a foreign object i e bike rack or trailer is attached to the front or rear of the vehicle or at another location close to the sensors e an overhanging object i e surfboard is attached to the roof e the front bumper or side sensors are damaged i e in a collision or obstructe
278. he engine is running Note Do not add engine oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Remove the filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities amd Specifications for more information 3 Replace the filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 235 Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System Note Reset the oil life monitoring only after an oil change 1 Turn the ignition key to the on position Do not start the engine For vehicles with push button start press and hold the start button for two seconds without pressing the brake pedal Do not attempt to start the engine 2 Press both the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time 3 Keep both pedals fully pressed 4 After three seconds the Service Oil reset in prog message will be displayed 5 After 25 seconds the Service Oil reset complete message will be displayed 6 Release both the accelerator and brake pedals 7 The Service Oil re
279. he image comes on while the transmission is not in R Reverse have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Note When towing the camera only sees what is being towed behind the vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged Note The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions e Nighttime or dark areas if one or both reverse lamps are not operating Do not use the rear view camera display when lighting is low until both reverse lamps are functional e The camera s view is obstructed by mud water or debris Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner e The rear of the vehicle is hit or damaged causing the camera to become misaligned Check with your authorized dealer to have the rear view camera system checked for proper coverage and operation Adjusting the Rear View Camera Settings If Equipped To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in R Reverse 1 Menu 2 Vehicle 3 Rear View Camera After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the feature s selected 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 186 Parking Aids Guidelines and the Centerline Note
280. he liftgate is ajar A WARNING Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in R Reverse Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind the vehicle The image will be displayed in either in the rear view mirror or the display in the center of the instrument panel During operation lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind the vehicle The camera is located in the rear of the vehicle near the license plate It can be found in either location depending on the vehicle model 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 185 Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in R Reverse The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle 1 Active guidelines Show the intended path of the vehicle when reversing 2 Fixed guidelines Show the actual path the vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line which can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning the vehicle with another object behind the vehicle 3 Centerline Helps align the center of the vehicle with an object i e a trailer Note If the transmission is in R Reverse and the trunk liftgate is ajar no rear view camera features are displayed Note If t
281. he right fuel 153 Emergencies roadside filler funnel ecce 154 jump starting 210 filling your vehicle with fuel 156 running out of fuel 154 filter specifications 239 293 Emission control system 158 fuel pump shut off See a 209 octane rating sssrinin 153 End user license agreement 448 o Loco soie eese 153 O id 289 running out of fuel 154 cleaning anal 256 n na relating te COOLA Jit pite inae 235 o p M ng OM DAD idle speed control 240 Fuel and distance computer 112 lubrication specifications 290 outside temperature refill capacities 290 indicator rancanos 112 service points sssi 288 to d indicator eee e trip distante xen etre LA block heater sss 143 trip reset button 112 Engine fan 12e 233 Fuel flex fel vehicle Engine oil FEV srren os 151 153 checking and adding 234 d pstiCk o n Bag FUSOS sses aal da2 AS filter specifications 293 G refill capacities 290 specifications eese 290 A tent 103 Event data recording 12 odometer coccococoncconnconncinnconaconoss 112 Exhaust fumes 149 trip Odometer 112 F H NEFS NR 20 Fan Engine Cooling 233 a Han on j HD Radio M 5 Les aea 386 Fleet MyKey programming 66 Headlamps Flexible Fuel Vehicl
282. he route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access 0 r ru U Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access more features Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 445 POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences e Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the
283. he wiper arm 2 Pull the wiper blade away from the wiper arm and separate 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 243 3 To attach the new wiper blade to the wiper arm align the slot and cross pin and firmly press the wiper arm into the wiper blade until a click is heard AIR FILTER CHECK WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed Refer to Motorcraft amp Part Numbers in the Capacities and Specifications chapter For EcoBoostequipped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Refer to Scheduled Maintenance for the appropriate intervals for changing the air filter element Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 244 Maintenance Changing the Air Filter Element 2014 Focus foc 1 Loosen the screws that secure the air filter housing cover A 2 Carefully lift the a
284. help serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Your telephone number home and business e The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Customer Assistance 215 IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal t
285. hen press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Exit the current menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 365 TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use However should questions arise see the tables below Use the website at any time to check your phone s compatibility register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat during certain hours Visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s Review your phone s user guide regarding audio adjustments Excessive background noise during a phone call During a call I can hear the other person but they cannot hear me SYNC is not able to download my phonebook 2014 Focus foc The audio control settings on your phone may be affecting SYNC performance Possible phone malfunction e This is a phone dependent feature OR e Possible phone malfunction Try turning off the devic
286. hese buttons to select a track G Seek Press and release this button to go to the previous or next preset radio station or disc track e Press and hold this button to fast forward to the previous or next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track H ON OFF e Press this button to switch the system off and on e Turn it to adjust the volume eN Boe I MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu structure later in this section J INFO Press this button to access any available radio or CD information K SOUND e Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance e Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit e Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently L MEDIA Press this button to switch between listening to a CD and the SYNC Media menu To change the SYNC Media device such as switching from a device plugged into the USB port to a Bluetooth audio device press MENU and scroll to Select Source M RADIO Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 305 AM FM CD WIT
287. hicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 277 Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt fr
288. hicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 326 SYNCO USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session EE Push the voice icon a tone sounds and Listening appears in the us display Say any of the following Say If you want to Make calls Access the device connected to your USB port Bluetooth Audio Stream audio from your phone Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack
289. highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button e Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 110 Information Displays Menu structure information display All vehicles You can access the menu using the information display control Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional ToE Distance to E Trip Odometer Trip Timer AVG Average Ford EcoMode Gear Shifting Fuel OK More Info Provides additional EcoMode information TSee Trip computer later in this section for more information Information MyKey Distance driven if MyKey is programmed MyKey Info Number of MyKeys and Admin Keys programmed Settings Driver Assist Lighting Always on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 111 Settings Convenience Compass Display navigation systems Compass On or Off non navigation Zone 1 18 systems Calibrate Hold OK to Calibrate Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Auto or Last Setting Front Defrost Auto or Off Rear Defrost Auto or Off Duration 5 10 or 15 minutes On Off Restore Default
290. hings you may not want to do because they may reduce your fuel economy e Sudden or hard accelerations e Rev the engine before turning it off e dle for periods longer than one minute e Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings e Use the air conditioner or front defroster e Use the speed control in hilly terrain 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Driving Hints 205 Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried Add particular accessories to your vehicle e g bug deflectors rollbars or light bars running boards ski racks Drive with the wheels out of alignment DRIVING THROUGH WATER If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Note Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage Note Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while a
291. hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off For vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission 1 Set the parking brake and shift to position P 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Block the wheels For vehicles equipped with a manual transmission 1 Set the parking brake press and hold the clutch pedal shift to 1 First 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key 3 Release the clutch pedal 4 Block the wheels 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 232 Maintenance Working with the Engine On 4 WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 For vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission set the parking brake and shift to position P For vehicles equipped with a manual transmission set the parking brake press and hold the clutch pedal shift to position N then release the clutch pedal 2 Block the wheels OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD 1 Inside the vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the instrument panel 2 Go
292. i NR EN ER EK 256 Cleaning the windows and wiper bladeS 256 Gleaning the terior reece 5685450 bo 4 RET ERSEKES qe gy ERES 257 Cleaning the instrument panel and instrument cluster lens 258 Cleaning leather SeatS o ooooooooooo ooo o 259 Cleaning the alloy wheels llle 259 Vehicle storage cociente dd be 260 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Table of Contents 7 Wheels and Tires 263 Tre cc 263 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 279 Changing a road wheel ccoo ei E RE d RR E 283 Technical specifications o ooo ooo 288 Wheel lug nut torque amp 2 244 mn Rer RESTEZAERATerES 288 Capacities and Specifications 289 Engine drivebelt is sea seed SERS Rea ASD aa 289 Maintenance product specifications and capacities 290 Part NUMDETS 5x e dcs ute ert rear ed 293 Vehicle identification number o oo o 294 Vehicle certification label o o o o ooooooooo oo o 295 Transmission code designation lille 295 Accessories 296 AGGOSSOFIGS isis ri a A a Ps 296 Ford Extended Service Plan 298 Audio System 301 AM FM St re0y 000 oo adas 303 AM FM CD with SYNC ole 305 AM FM stereo with single CD llli 309 Satellite radio informati0N o ooo o 317 A
293. ice engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete emission warranty information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 160 Fuel and Refueling On board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with a computer that monitors the engine s emission control system This system is commonly known as the on board diagnostics system OBD II The OBD II system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your v
294. ide air through the windshield air vents and automatically switches the air conditioning on The fan is set to the highest speed and the temperature to HI When the air distribution is set in this position you are unable to select recirculated air or manually adjust the fan speed and temperature control e Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost provides outside air to reduce window fogging and distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents J Driver settings Touch or to adjust the temperature 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 435 Climate Control Voice Commands E The following voice commands are available at the main menu i level of a voice session For example press the voice button and after the prompt Say a command say any of the following commands There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first then when the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands On Defrost on Recirc on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 436 MyFord Touch If Equipped If you have said Temperature you can say any of the commands in the following Temperature chart TEMPERATURE
295. ide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Driving Hints 207 N WARNING Continued Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver footwell while the vehicle is moving Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing loss of control of vehicle To install floor mats position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in To remove the floor mat reverse the installation procedure 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 208 Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the U S Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours a day seven days a week e for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your owner s manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover e a flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire infl
296. if the window does not close automatically Accessory Delay If Equipped You can use the window switches for several minutes after the you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 98 Windows and Mirrors EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirror while your vehicle is in motion A Left hand mirror B Off C Right hand mirror dam c A Press the arrows to adjust the mirror v Foldaway Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Signal Indicator Mirrors If Equipped The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you activate the turn signal Heated Exterior Mirror If Equipped The heated exterior mirrors switch on with the heated rear window See Heated Windows and Mirrors in the Climate Control chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Windows and Mirrors 99 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors They are designed to assist you by increasing visibility along the side of your vehicle Check the main mirror first
297. ildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact your authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 302 Audio System MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures w
298. ined area s of the item you are cleaning and allow soaking for one minute e If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner e f a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring can set e Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 258 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas e Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect the driver from undesirable windshield reflection e Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces e Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may
299. ing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 303 AM FM or AM FM CD e E F WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note You can operate your audio system for up to one hour after you switch off the ignition The system automatically turns off after one hour A Eject Press this button to eject a CD B Cursor arrows Press these buttons to scroll through on screen audio system choices 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 304 Audio System C OK e Press the up and down or left and right arrow buttons to browse menu selections Press OK to confirm menu selections Clock Push to access clock settings TUNE Press this button to manually search the frequency band Memory presets In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns In CD mode press one of t
300. ing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 23 Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips ARK If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 24 Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat all the w
301. ings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Note See System Settings for more information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 359 Accessing Your Play Menu This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist album genre playlist track similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device 1 Make sure that your device is plugged into the USB port and is turned on 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 3 Scroll to select the Play Menu and press OK If there are no media files to access the display indicates there is no media If there are media files you have the following options to scroll through and select from When you select Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are less than 255 indexed artist they are listed alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more they are categorized in alphabetical categories 1 Press OK to s
302. io ean iaka eaaa eee a Transmission Automatic transmissions 1 92 acs 2 i A A ee a Manual transmission scs ee aace naira ee ee Hill Start 3S818L 2 24 a 3r reinas Lia RECIEN e a Brakes Brak S coca PARU hee Shak a EAD Shed CREW Tea Hints on driving with anti lock brakes o o o o ooo o Parking brake dad pinta RG WA ERROR ES de Traction Control Traction Controe cc eed bee a eae ek BRO RR EES mex Stability Control AdvanGelvaG lt lt ian opere be id XNEE E di Parking Aids Sensing SSI amp ii dude SARE a BESS EEE POA Active park ASSISUs su Rx TREY a bee aaa ke dae Oe RSE ES Rear view camera system 2 0 0 ee 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 142 143 143 144 145 145 149 151 153 154 155 157 162 162 167 169 171 171 172 172 173 173 174 175 176 Table of Contents Cruise Control Driving Aids ECO Modera a deed Aw tae A eee DLEETINGS ars a P dede ia Load Carrying Lugsage COVer iii need PER ie da RES Vehicle loading 0 a A Towing Trailer tOWIng peut dao e Pe ES Wrecker TOWING sk xe d pae LE S PE es RES Recreational towing 2 4 sess er E SD Driving Hints Economical driving 2 coco Flor Mats 5x oe ege X a be EE Roadside Emergencies Getting roadside assistance llle Hazard warning flashers 0000000 05 Fuel cut off switch 2 2000000000000 000 eee ee Jump s
303. ion If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat WARNING Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death WARNING Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death WARNING Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash WARNING Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 20 Child Safety WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind
304. ion function off when you open any door The indicator lamp will illuminate yellow when the door function is off When the door function is off and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will stay off Press switch C again to switch them back on The indicator lamp will illuminate blue when the door function is on When the door function is on and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will switch on Front Interior lamp if equipped Note Some interior lamps are equipped with a single switch for the left and right map lamps A Left map lamp switch if A I B equipped aj C B Right map lamp switch if equipped C Door function switch D All lamps on and off switch D C Front Rear Interior lamp if equipped Press switch A to switch individual map lamps on and off if equipped 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Lighting 95 AMBIENT LIGHTING IF EQUIPPED The ambient lighting system illuminates the interior with a choice of several colors The ambient lighting control is located in the overhead console A B C A Color palette B Control knob C Search mode e Rotate B to switch on and adjust to the desired brightness e Press A to cycle through the color choices e Press C to switch on all interior lamps and all ambient lighting Press C again to switch off the interior lamps and return the ambient lighting to the previously selected color
305. ional key MyKey e The vehicle has a remote start system See Usimg MyKey With Remote Start Systems Admin key total e An unknown key has been programmed to includes one additional the vehicle as an admin key key e The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems MyKey distances do e The MyKey user is not using the MyKey not accumulate e An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys e The key system has been reset No MyKey functions e An admin fob is present at the vehicle start with the Intelligent e No MyKeys are created See Creating a Access key MyKey 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Locks 73 LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock control is located on the instrument panel near the radio Press the control to lock or unlock the doors It will illuminate when you lock the doors and luggage compartment When the light is off it indicates one or more doors are unlocked Remote Control Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Pu Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Di
306. ionary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground WARNING Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Note If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off Refer to the MyKey chapter The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 177 Using the Front and Rear Sensing System Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R Reverse As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the
307. ir filter housing cover 3 Remove the air filter element B from the air filter housing C 4 Wipe the air filter housing and cover clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing 5 Install a new air filter element Slide the open end of the air filter element in first below the tab 6 Align the tab on the closed end of the air filter element B with the slot in the air filter housing 7 Install the air filter housing cover A 8 Tighten the screws that secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 245 ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident an authorized dealer should check the alignment of your headlamps Vertical Aim Adjustment 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away A 8 feet 2 4 meters e B Center height of lamp to ground e C 25 feet 7 6 meters e D Horizontal reference line 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light
308. ist or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 413 If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See the Navigation system section for more information Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the hang up phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not y
309. ist to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Press the voice icon and when prompted say Bluetooth Audio and then any of the following Media Menu Features The media menu allows you to select your media source how to play your music by artist genre shuffle repeat etc and also to add connect or delete devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlists tracks similar music or to simply play all You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device See Play Menu later in this section for more information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 357 When you select Select Source 2014 Focus foc SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media content being indexed If Autoplay is on you can access media files randomly as they are indexed If turned off indexed media is not available until the indexing process is complete SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if the maximum ind
310. itions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M testing in the Fuel and Refueling chapter Stability Control System It will flash when the system is active It will illuminate when PA dl you switch the ignition on to confirm it is functional If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Stability Control System Off A It will illuminate when you switch off the system It will go out ce when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 108 Instrument Cluster AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Key In Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when the key is left in the ignition in the off or accessory position
311. k from the foam holder 6 Block the diagonally opposite P D wheel Q Er i B3 u ems O i 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 287 7 Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground 8 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow warning label on the jack Note Jack at the specified locations to avoid damage to the vehicle 9 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 10 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 11 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise 12 Remove the jack and fully tighten the e lug nuts in the order shown See Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications in this chapter for the proper lug nut torque specification 13 Put the flat tire jack and lug wrench away Make sure the jack is fastened so it does not rattle when you drive Unblock the wheels 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 288 Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the
312. k heater cord plug when not in use e Keep plug terminals clean and free of dirt and corrosion e Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry before use To clean them use a dry cloth The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 151 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury WARNING Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled WARNING The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container WARNING Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent WARNING When refueling always shut the engine of
313. l markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen HD logo blinks when acquiring a digital station and stays solid H when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 The system automatically saves the so
314. l wheel driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly do not e exceed 70 mph 113 km h e use more than one dissimilar spare tire and wheel at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire and wheel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 285 The usage of a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e All wheel driving capability if applicable e Load leveling adjustment if applicable When driving with the full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly additional caution should be given to e towing a trailer e driving vehicles equipped with a camper body e driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare tire and wheel and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNING When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission selector lever is in position P or N WARNING To h
315. lar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades e Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 e Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance e Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 269 M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certific
316. lay Settings IDimming Select to change display brightness French or Spanish Temp Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 314 Audio System HD RADIO INFORMATION IF AVAILABLE Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally When HD Radio broadcasts are active you ca
317. ld After you release the lever the wipers will operate for a short time A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS IF EQUIPPED Rear Window Wiper P A Intermittent wipe B Low speed wipe SC Off ec Press the top of the button at the end of the lever to switch on the intermittent wiper Press the button again to switch on low speed wipe Press the bottom of the button to switch the wiper off or to change the wiper speed from low speed to intermittent When you shift into R Reverse the rear wiper will turn on to intermittent if the front wipers are activated 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wipers and Washers 89 Rear Window Washers Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat To use the rear washer function push the lever away from you When you release the lever the wiper will operate for a short time 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 90 Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL A Off B Parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps C Headlamps High Beams Aa Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off Headlamp Flasher Pull the
318. le are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 38 Safety Belts Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See the Child Safety chapter How to U
319. le for any such programming changes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 318 Audio System Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio 4 om service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 SATELLITE RADIO Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode you can view this number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time To access your ESN press the bottom left corner of the touchscreen then SIRIUS gt Options Troubleshooting Radio display Possible action Acquiring Radio requires more No action required than two seconds to This message should produce audio for the disappear shortly selected channel Sat Fault SIRIUS There is an internal If this message does system failure module or system not c
320. lear shortly or failure present with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 319 Radio display Possible action Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel No Signal Updating Call SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 None Found Check Channel Guide Subscription Updated 2014 Focus foc The channel is no longer available Your subscription does not include this channel The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna Update of channel programming in progress Your satellite service is no longer available All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Sirius has updated the channels available for your vehicle Tune to another channel or choose another preset Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the signal should return No action required The process may take up to three minutes Call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station No action required Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 320 Audio System AUXILIARY INPUT JACK AN WARNING Driving while distracted
321. lect from the following options Send Text Message enables you to send a new text message based on pre defined set of 15 messages 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 337 Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates your messages are being downloaded When complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when all your text messages have been deleted and SYNC returns you to the text message menu Note SYNC does not automatically download all of your unread text messages at every ignition cycle as it does with call history and phonebook if automatic download is set to on Return exits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart Press OK when the desired selection is in the display The system now needs to know who to send the message to Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to audibly enter a desired number Press OK to enter the desi
322. lecting your media source replacing the batteries 60 USB Line in BT audio 356 Roadside assistance 208 Sending new text messages 406 Route preferences 440 Setting a destination 436 Setting a destination by S VOICE RR 436 Safety Belt Maintenance 49 dpi o 422 etting the Safety belts see Salety esas ss 36 39 dom pen gn 303 305 307 422 Safety defeats Tepora 220 mie air anna E 53 Safety information 324 375 AA airbags T mE a Safety restraints cui 36 37 39 SIRIUSQ satellite radio 389 Belt Minder sssss 39 SIRIUS satellite radio voice extension assembly 38 COMMandS aaa 391 da AE D aO SIRIUS Travel Link 414 Or children ssssssss y safety belt maintenance 42 SIRIUS Travel Link voice seat belt O roc 42 commands seeem 415 warning light and chime 39 Snowplowing seccrercresreisreni 15 Safety restraints LATCH SOS Post Crash Alert 45 anchors pis 28 Spark plugs specifications 293 Safety seats for children 24 Special notice Safety Compliance ambulance conversions 15 Certification Label 295 Specification chart Satellite Radio 389 Tubri Cans dde 290 Scheduled Maintenance Guide Stability system
323. led maintenance Open Recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab If you want to run a report by using the touchscreen touch Apps Vehicle Health Report E To run a report by voice command press the voice button on us the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 422 MyFord Touch If Equipped SETTINGS A Clock B Display C Sound D Vehicle E Settings F
324. ll chains securely verifying that the chains do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the chains rub or bang against your vehicle stop and retighten the chains If this does not work remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle e Remove the tire chains when they are no longer needed Do not use tire chains on dry roads 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 279 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is NOT a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked L monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when o
325. ll help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life F wheel dri hicl O o O 7o cti oe ss 34 Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 278 Wheels and Tires USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure Note The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains The tires on your vehicle may have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and chains Use chains on the tires only in an emergency or if the law requires them Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains e If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle e Chains may damage aluminum wheels e Use SAE Class S chains with 195 65R15 or 215 55R16 tires only do not use tire chains with any other size tires Insta
326. ll not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seat backs of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 53 A The system consists of the following e a tag on the seat back indicating that side airbags are found on your vehicle side airbags located inside the seat back of the driver and front passenger seats PI e crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness t indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter e front passenger sensing system Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries relate
327. ll or greater shoulder belt centered than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib across the shoulder 45 kg if recommended by child and chest and seat restraint manufacturer back upright e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada e Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle e When possible always properly restrain children twelve 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System in the Supplementary Restraints System chapter for more information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 19 CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating posit
328. lligent access keys push button start you cannot program the remote start system as a MyKey Always treat the remote start fob as you would any other admin key Vehicles With Non Ford approved Aftermarket Remote Start Systems MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system please see a Ford authorized dealer for a Ford approved system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 70 MyKey The following information may help customers who choose to install a non Ford approved remote start system The actions provided below do not make MyKey compatible with non Ford approved remote start systems but may help you retain some MyKey functions When using a non Ford approved remote start system the vehicle may recognize the remote start system as an additional admin key with its associated privileges If you restart the vehicle by inserting a key into the ignition cylinder and recycling the ignition completely then you may retain some MyKey functions This action forces your vehicle to read the traditional key instead of the remote start fob and then uses the key s associated privileges Note The MyKey system status menu display may include the remote start system as an additional key in the total count of MYKEY S PROGRAMMED or ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED See Checking MyKey System Status As an added precaution owners of vehicles
329. llowing Messages chart MESSAGES Listen to text messages Reply to text messages 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 410 MyFord Touch If Equipped INFORMATION If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Under the Information menu you can access features such as A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone earlier in this chapter for pairing instructions Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Make sure your mobile phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 411 Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe ope
330. lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees Help NAVIGATION SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see your authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest gt Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then Dest when it appears Choose any of the following Destination selections Street Address Previous Destinations ity Center Point of Interest dit Route Cancel Route 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 437 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry Go appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing Gro makes the address location appear on the map If you
331. ly depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control e Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyKey 67 e Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled e Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off AdvanceTrac if your vehicle is equipped with this feature CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start and you do not have a backup slot hold the intelligent access key next to the steering column The correct position to place your fob is in another chapter See Starting amd Stopping the Engine 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the button 4 Press OK or the button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully creat
332. m works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not The front passenger sensing system uses a pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 49 The indicator lamp is located under the climate controls The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is turned to the on position to confirm it is functional Note When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty e When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front passenger frontal airbag
333. matically while closing It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Press and hold the front of the control within two seconds of a bounce back event to override the function While bounce back is active the closing force increases for each of the next three time the moonroof is closed Venting the Moonroof Press and release the front of the control to vent the moonroof Press and hold the rear of the control to close the moonroof Relearning Function If the moonroof does not close properly follow this procedure 1 Tilt the moonroof into the vent position as far as possible Release the switch 2 Press and hold the same switch again for 30 seconds until you see the moonroof move 3 Release the switch and immediately press and hold it again The moonroof will close open fully and then close again Do not release the switch before the moonroof has reached the closed position for the second time Safety Mode The system enters a safety mode when it detects a malfunction The moonroof will move about 0 5 seconds at a time and then stop again Press the switch repeatedly until the moonroof is closed Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Instrument Cluster 103 GAUGES A Information display See Information Displays for more information B Speedometer C Engine coolant temperature gauge D Fuel gaug
334. may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Confirmation prompts off The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on you may be prompted with as many as four possibilities for clarification For example Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home Or Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe Phone candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Media candidate lists off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 328 SYNCO Helpful Hints e Make sure the interior of the vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands e After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system e Speak naturally without long pauses between words e At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon USING SYNC
335. may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both U S and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 275 Tire Replacement Requirements WARNING Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally pro
336. med a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle e The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey Note All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Note For vehicles with intelligent access key push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user e Belt minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened e Early low fuel warning The low fuel warning is activated earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key e A vehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by ful
337. mplete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving may be performed 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once the engine is started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing the above driving cycle will have to be repeated 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 162 Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle WARNING Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury PowerShift Six Speed Automatic Transmission Your vehicle has been designed to improve fuel economy by reducing fuel usage while compared to a traditional automatic transmission Wh
338. ms In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities 12 Introduction may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNCO Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See the SYNC chapter for more information Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
339. n 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 407 You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list and send it to a connected device such as a USB drive Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later Receiving a Text Message When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press LOL e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you e Dial to call the contact e Ignore to exit the screen Note If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 408 MyFord Touch If Equipped Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC Services and Applications sec
340. n selector lever to position P automatic transmission or 1 manual transmission and turn the key to position 0 2 If your vehicle has a keyless start system move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P Switch the ignition off by pressing and holding the button for one second or pressing it three times within two seconds 3 Apply the parking brake Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have this checked immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following e Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER IF EQUIPPED WARNING Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or physical injury WARNING Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged cheater adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0 F 18 C 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 201
341. n 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows Map Icons Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle A It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the fixed icon is in is in a window on the top center part of the screen 2 Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on TX the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 444 MyFord Touch If Equipped Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route Waypoints indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in t
342. n above the license plate to unlatch the trunk Your vehicle must be unlocked or have the intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the trunk E Note On a locked vehicle you can press the trunk button on the remote control once The vehicle will remain locked but you will have 20 seconds to press the outside release button 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 80 Locks INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE 4 DOOR ONLY WARNING Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child s reach Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury Children should be taught not to play in vehicles WARNING Do not leave children unreliable adults or animals unattended in the vehicle On hot days the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries including brain damage Small children are particularly at risk Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle The handle is located inside the luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door lid o
343. n access the following functions Scan Hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast To save a multicast When the channel is active on screen press station as a preset and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When recalling a HD2 or HD3 memory preset there is a mute before the digital audio plays as the system must once again acquire the digital signal As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 315 HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a
344. n of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 470 Scheduled Maintenance Check every six months Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems Ford Motor Company recommends the following multi point inspection be performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Accessory drive belt s Battery performance Clutch operation if equipped Engine air filter Suspension components for leaks or damage Exhaust system Exterior lamps and hazard warning system operation proper pressure Fluid levels fill if necessary For oil and
345. n on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See 911 Assist in the SYNC applications and services section Phone Ringer Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Select the type of notification for text messages Notification alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data If compatible with your phone you can adjust Connection your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files or play games Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot 2014 Focu
346. n properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 48 Supplementary Restraints System FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNING Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seatback with your feet on the floor WARNING To reduce the risk of possible serious injury Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket if equipped or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat and the center console if equipped Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag Status Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the passenger seat sensing system WARNING Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system This syste
347. n to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy which reacts to vehicle inputs vehicle acceleration accelerator pedal brake pedal and vehicle speed e Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds Understanding Your SelectShift Automatic Transmission If Equipped Note Your transmission must be in S Sport for SelectShift to operate properly Your SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to manually change gears if you d like To use SelectShift move the gearshift lever into S Sport Now you can use the thumb toggle on the side of your gearshift lever to select gears When using the toggle for manual shifting e Press on the toggle to upshift e Press on the toggle to downshift 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Transmission 165 Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Shift from 15 mph 24 km h 2 3 mph OK 34 po d4Omph dkmh The instrument cluster will show the current selected gear you are in SelectShift will automatically make some downshifts for you if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time Althoug
348. navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands EB When in navigation mode press the voice button on the i steering wheel control After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Cancel next waypoint Navigation Cancel route Navigation voice volume vl decrease Destination Navigation voice volume increase Destination lt nametag gt Repeat instruction 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 446 MyFord Touch If Equipped Show 3D Destination nearest Show route lt POI category gt Show turn list This command is only available when a navigation route is active If you have said the command Destination you may say any of the above commands or commands in the following Destination chart Pik you have said the command Navigation you may say any o
349. nd always properly use appropriate child restraints WARNING Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back WARNING Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING Several airbag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury WARNING If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 45 The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag
350. nd text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose from the following e Listen speaker icon e Dial e Send Text e View e Delete Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phone book 4 You can select from the following options e Send which sends the message as it is e Edit Text allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your ow
351. nd that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax e Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives e Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amount of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles e Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax discolors or stains the parts over time such as Bumpers Grained door handles Side mouldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to an authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color e Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips e Always read the instructions before using the products 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 256 Vehicle Care CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing e Take ca
352. ne or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 280 Wheels and Tires When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement o
353. ners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 459 in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the TeleNav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing TeleNav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between TeleNav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement TeleNav retains all right title and interest in and to the TeleNav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the TeleNav Software you consent to receive from TeleNav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the TeleNav Software collectively Notices electronically TeleNav may provide such Notices by posting them on TeleNavs Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive N
354. ng 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 438 MyFord Touch If Equipped Point of Interest POI Categories Your system offers a variety of points of interest categories Recreation amp Sports Health amp Medicine Within these main categories there are subcategories which contain more listings To expand these listings press the in front of the point of interest listing Personal Care Services When programming a point of interest destination the system allows you to sort the resulting lists alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available Pressing the Search Areas button allows you to search for points of interest nearby near a city or state or near a destination if a route is active Pressing the Search By Name button allows you to directly enter the point of interest name into the system by using the keyboard 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 439 cityseekr If Available Note cityseekr point of interest information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants ke hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of C a e ek r interest the location and information appear such as addr
355. ng start the engine within 15 minutes of reconnecting the battery cable When reconnecting that cable tighten it until it is snug against the terminal Be careful not to over tighten 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 204 Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unique driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy e Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion e Drive at steady speeds without stopping e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving e Close the windows for high speed driving e Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 1596 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance There are also some t
356. ng any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 452 Appendices suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You a
357. ng s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 387 When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions e Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast e Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HDZ or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal e Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Stati
358. ng your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Load Carrying 195 WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your v
359. nk rating fuses fuses fuses Uds cartridge aa Grey guy gt gt 3A Violet Vile 4 amp 4 Pink Pink Lat SL Ta LA 75A Brown Bon 10A Red Red 15A Blue Bue 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural aoa Orange Green Green 50 Red Red Red q Q es eR A SA pa a Re A 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 222 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNING Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses WARNING To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected see Changing the Vehicle Battery in the Maintenance chapter F2 1 F26 R14
360. nsors e Restraint system warning light and backup tone e The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensor s safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of your vehicle s safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may activate the safety belt pretensioners and or either one or both stages of the dual stage airbag supplemental restraints based on crash severity and occupant conditions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 44 Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION WARNING Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module WARNING All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat a
361. nt Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seat back upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Safety Belts 37 Pregnant women should always wear their safety belts The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNING After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function WARNING The belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes All safety restraints in the vehic
362. ntimeters to the side of the A front end of the vehicle Refer to the reverse sensing section for EN details on coverage area gt ut The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner e Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers e Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers e The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacle is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched tone sounds e An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Parking Aids 179 Press the button to switch the system off It will remain off for the entire ignition cycle Puja OFF ACTIVE PARK ASSIST IF EQUIPPED WARNING This system is designed to be a supplementary park aid It may not work in all conditions and is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding
363. number Press OK to select MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Exit the current menu SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES IF EQUIPPED Note In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e SYNC Services if equipped United States only Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more e 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency e Vehicle Health Report if equipped United States only Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle e SYNC AppLink Allows you to connect to and use certain applications such as Pandora and Stitcher if your phone is compatible 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 344 SYNCO 911 Assist WARNING Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on prior to a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash WARNING Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911
364. nutes have elapsed since five minutes or until the safety belts the ignition has been turned on are buckled 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Safety Belts 41 Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature If Equipped WARNING While the design allows you to deactivate your Belt Minder this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the Belt Minder system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the Belt Minder feature while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger Belt Minder are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure Before following the procedure make sure that e the parking brake is set e the transmission selector lever is in position P automatic transmission or in neutral manual transmission e the ignition is off e the driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the ignition on Do not start the engine 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute e Once the next step is started the procedure must be completed within 60 seconds 3 For the s
365. o accept prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone e Update your device s software firmware e Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting e Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 367 USB and media issues cause s I am having trouble connecting my device SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car Bluetooth audio does not stream SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device 2014 Focus foc Possible device malfunction This is a device limitation e This is a phone dependent feature OR e The device is not connected e Your music files may not contain the proper artist song title album or genre information OR e The file may be corrupted OR e The song may have copyright protection which does not allow it to play e Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again e Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable e Make sure the USB cable is properly inserted into the device and the vehicle s USB port e Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicl
366. o you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts WARNING Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly A WARNING Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling and or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced e DO NOT MIX different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty e In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be add
367. o mode press this button to manually search forward through the radio frequency band e In Sirius mode press this button to find the next available satellite radio station D Eject Press this button to eject a CD E Seek Forward e n radio mode press this button to go to the next radio station up the frequency band e In Sirius mode press this button to select the next channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use this button to find the next channel in the selected category e n CD mode press this button to go to the next track F SOUND Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Balance and Fade G Volume Turn this control to adjust the volume H TUNE e In radio mode press this button to manually search backward through the radio frequency band e In Sirius mode press this button to find the previous available satellite radio station I SOURCE Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input or SYNC sources such as USB iPod and Bluetooth audio J Seek Reverse e n radio mode press this button to go to the previous radio station down the frequency band e n Sirius mode press this button to select the previous channel If a specific category is selected such as Jazz Rock or News use this button to find the previous channel in the selected category e n CD mode press this button to go to the previous track
368. o the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 mi 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301
369. oad tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 284 Wheels and Tires A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire or wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS TIRE AND WHEEL FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not e exceed 50 mph 80 km h e load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e tow a trailer e use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e use commercial car washing equipment e try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise e Ground clearance and parking at curbs e Winter weather driving capability e Wet weather driving capability e Al
370. oc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 361 When you select Explore USB Similar Music Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visible Press OK to select Then scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you Press OK to select The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing The metadata tags must be populated for this feature to include each track Note With certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks won t be available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music Unknowns are placed into any unpopulated metadata tag Exit the current menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 362 SYNCO System Settings System settings provide access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Your Advanced menu allow
371. ocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 467 GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in the Capacities and Specifications chapter of this owner s manual Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their t
372. ock all the doors when e the ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h e your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory and e you open the driver door within 10 minutes of the switching the ignition off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock Note Your authorized dealer can perform this procedure or you can do the procedure yourself To enable or disable these features do the following Note You will have 30 seconds to complete the procedure 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Press the power door unlock button three times 3 Switch the ignition off 4 Press the power door unlock button three times 5 Switch the ignition on The horn will sound indicating your vehicle is in programming mode Autolock Press the power door unlock button then the lock button The horn will sound once if disabled or twice one short and one long if enabled Autounlock Press the power door lock button then the unlock button The horn will sound once if disabled or twice one short and one long if enabled After programming the feature switch the ignition off The horn will sound once indicating programming is complete Note You can enabled or disabled the autounlock
373. ock or News If you select a category seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category Alerts Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs artists or teams The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel Save up to 20 alerts Unlock All Stations Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations Skip No Stations Remove the skip feature from all the channels you previously skipped Parental Lock PIN Select to create a PIN which allows you to lock or unlock channels Your initial PIN is 1234 Audio Settings Spd Comp Vol Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise You can set the system between 0 and 7 M gt Bass Fade and Balance Occupancy Mode Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Audio System 313 RBDS RDS Text Select to view additional broadcast data if available This feature defaults to off RBDS must be on for you to set a category Choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode CD Settings Scan All Select to scan all disc selections folder CD Compression Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Clock Settings Select to set the time Set Date Select to set the calendar date 24h Mode Select to view clock time in a 12 hour mode or 24 hour mode Disp
374. of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the TeleNav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the TeleNav Software without the prior express written consent of TeleNav c remove from the TeleNav Software or alter any of TeleNav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the TeleNav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software or e use the TeleNav Software in any manner that 1 infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 457 ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the TeleNav Software without advanced written permission of TeleNav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will TeleNav it
375. of the steering wheel to navigate the information display See the Information Displays chapter for more information 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wipers and Washers 87 WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield D A A Single wipe C a B Intermittent wipe C Normal wipe D High speed wipe Intermittent Wipe B A Shortest wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Longest wipe interval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval A 1 Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease when intermittent wipe is selected 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 88 Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Pull the lever toward you to spray the windshie
376. olant 160000 km Replace spark plugs 160000 km Inspect accessory drive belt s Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Change manual transmission fluid Replace accessory drive belt s if not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 km These maintenance items can be performed within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last oil change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours Miveace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Hours MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 476 Scheduled Maintenance Dearer VALIDATION P
377. old 22 C settings Adjust the air distribution control to the instrument panel air vents position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 128 Climate Control Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods during Extreme High Ambient Temperatures Vehicles with manual climate Vehicles with automatic control climate control Apply the parking brake Apply the parking brake 2 Move the transmission selector Move the transmission selector lever to position P lever to position P 3 Adjust the temperature control Press MAX A C to MAX A C 4 Adjust the fan speed to the lowest speed setting Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather Vehicles with manual climate Vehicles with automatic control climate control Adjust the air distribution Press the windshield defrosting control to the instrument panel and defogging button and floor air vents positions to the desired setting A gt to the desired setting Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows Close the instrument panel vents 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Climate Control 129 Maximum Cooling Performance in Instrument Panel or Instrument Panel and Floor Positions EA Both manual and automatic climate control Adjust the temperature control to the lowest setting Press the A C and recirculated
378. old SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed e Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments e Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Pull CAN toward you and release tap the brake pedal or press the clutch pedal You will not erase the set speed Note When you use the clutch pedal to cancel a set speed the engine speed may briefly increase Resuming the Set Speed Pull RES toward you and release Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 190 Driving Aids ECO MODE This system assists the driver in driving more efficiently by constantly monitoring characteristics of gear changing anticipation of traffic conditions and speeds while driving The value of these characteristics is represented by petals shown in the display with five petals being the most efficient The more efficiently you drive the better the rating and the better your overall fuel economy Note These efficiency values do not result in a defined fuel consumption figure It might vary as it is not only related to these driving habits but also influenced by many other factors such as short trips and cold starts Note F
379. olidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving When using SYNC e Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities e Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information e Do not attempt to service or repair the system See your authorized dealer For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 376 MyFord Touch If Equipped Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your v
380. olling in the opposite direction of the transmission i e rolling forward when R Reverse is selected forward to detect a parking space aligning the vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly The vehicle was pulled too far past the parking space The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly i e not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes moving truck bed etc your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly i e driving from 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 184 Parking Aids REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A WARNING The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage WARNING Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system WARNING Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle AN WARNING Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftgate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when t
381. om hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation Note If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly A dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly is defined as a spare tire and wheel that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare tire and wheel assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the scheduled maintenance information wi
382. om which to choose 3 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business Search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business Search and then Search Near Me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation e Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts e When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn L
383. ominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 267 E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law A 99 ID POR po am Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over
384. on Troubleshooting Potential Reception Issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 through HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 388 MyFord Touch If Equipped In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for making sure all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Issue Cause Action Echo stutt
385. on control system operation A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTracO maintaining control on a slippery IN surface NC ASS E4 Yay USING ADVANCETRAC The system automatically activates when you start your engine The AdvanceTrac system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control portion of the system is disabled when the transmission is in position R You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently See the Traction Control chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 176 Parking Aids SENSING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation WARNING To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system WARNING This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stat
386. on display controls See the nformation Displays chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Climate Control 131 Automatic Climate Systems Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically turn on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on Last Settings You can set the climate control to operate using the last climate control settings through the information display setting Remote Start Climate Control Heater A C Last Settings The climate control system automatically uses the settings last selected before you turned off the engine Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices inside the vehicle You can switch these devices on if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays during remote start Heated devices usually switch on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather 2014 Focus foc Owners
387. on in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both TeleNav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the TeleNav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the TeleNav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to TeleNav 2014 Focus foc Ow
388. ooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capabl
389. option of hearing an audible tone to Notification notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On or Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 339 Modify Modify the contents of your phone book Phonebook i e add delete download Press OK to select and scroll between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s user guide on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically downloaded each time Select Off to NOT download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Note Downloading times are phone and quantity dependent Note When auto download is on any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download are deleted Exit the current menu 2014 Focus foc
390. or any interferences If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal Brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 172 Brakes Anti Lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition 5 on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the anti lock brake system may be disabled and may need to be serviced BRAKE If the anti lock brake system is disabled normal braking is still fom effective If the brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the dangers inherent when e you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e your vehicle is hydroplaning e you take corners too fast e the road surface is poor
391. or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export See this owner s manual for all other required information and warnings 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 17 GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNING Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child WARNING All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from NHTSA and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consulting your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or on the internet at http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation
392. or locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children A 3 Recommended EE Child size height weight or age ii pau Infants or Children weighing 40 lb 18 kg or Use a child safety seat less generally age four or younger sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 18 Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children E E a Recommended m3 Child size height weight or age He a Children who have outgrown or no Use a belt positioning longer properly fit in a child safety booster seat seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or Use a vehicle safety no longer properly fit in a belt having the lap belt positioning booster seat belt snug and low generally children who are at least across the hips 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m ta
393. ority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNCO or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See your SYNCO chapter for more information Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not ac
394. ork as follows e There are two different modes for MP3 disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode e MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from T001 to a maximum of T255 Note The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present e MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from F001 folder T001 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Print
395. orque to hold a hill position for an extended period of time Doing so will over heat the clutch in vehicles equipped with a manual transmissions 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Brakes 171 GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have them inspected by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have your vehicle inspected by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See the Vehicle Care chapter for wheel cleaning instructions BRAKE See the Instrument Cluster chapter for information on the fom brake system warning light Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow your vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Turn the engine off shift to position P and apply the parking brake then inspect the accelerator pedal f
396. otar a resets I E m ear pact ray mO OJO morosa sot ac roce ra EE 1L 1E ves urg m z Corriente Service Advisor Customer Signature Technician mm nem a ea Fart Msi cam ey fg Pua Customer Capy Information Provided by d 4 td C Y 2 ao C PT 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 472 Scheduled Maintenance NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND LOG Intelligent Oil Life Monitor amp Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor amp that determines when the engine oil needs to be changed based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduce environmental waste at the same time This means you won t have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule the vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table is intended to provide examples of vehicle use and its impact on engine oil change intervals it is provided as a guideline only Actual engine oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Miles km Vehicle use and examples Normal commuting with highway driving No or moderate load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No e
397. otices electronically you must discontinue your use of the TeleNav Software 8 4 TeleNav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 460 Appendices 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The TeleNav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to TeleNav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these compamies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the TeleNav Software i
398. ou have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the tire wheel assembly Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 276 Wheels and Tires Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing the system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Safety Practices WARNING If your ve
399. ound your vehicle e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended Note If you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Intelligent Access If Equipped The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions is met e You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle e You press the luggage compartment button e You press a button on the transmitter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 58 Keys and Remote Control If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low it may be necessary to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation Refer to Remote Control in this chapter for more information on the location and use of the mechanical key blade REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters IKTs If Equipp
400. our VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands E When a route has been downloaded non navigation systems i press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the following commands SERVICES Navigation voice off Navigation voice on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 414 MyFord Touch If Equipped Update route Sirius Travel Link If Equipped and If Activated WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note In order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit www siriusxm com traffict an
401. our key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge I Accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge II On All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate III Start Cranks the engine KEYLESS STARTING IF EQUIPPED Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine Note When locking your vehicle any remote controls left inside the vehicle may become disabled A message may appear in the information display indicating that there is no key detected if you try to start the engine Press the unlock button on the remote control to enable it and then start the engine 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 146 Starting and Stopping the Engine Ignition Modes Off Turns the ignition off e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not in motion On All electrical circuits are operational Warning lamps and indicators are illuminated e
402. ovides the greatest benefit e 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 kilometers whichever occurs first e The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior Style eHood deflectors e Spoilers e Body styling kit e Wheels e Side window deflectors eSplash guards eGraphics kit eCustom graphics e Rear bumper protector Interior Style eFloor mats e Illuminated gear knob eStainless steel door sill plates Lifestyle e Ash cup smoker s package e Roof racks and carriers e Cargo net eSoft cargo organizers e Cargo area protector e Premium carpeted trunk mat eCar cover eRear seat entertainment 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Accessories 297 Peace of mind eKeyless entry keypad eWheel locks eRemote start eBumper mounted parking assist system e Vehicle security systems eCar cover The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle e When adding accessorie
403. p Safely Displays when the vehicle needs to be brought to a safe stop to allow the transmission to cool Transmission Hot Stop or Displays when the transmission is Speed Up overheating when idling with the brake applied for long periods such as in heavy stop and go traffic Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool before proceeding or drive an alternate route that allows less idling slower speeds Transmission Hot Wait XX min Displays when the transmission is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool for the displayed time before proceeding Transmission Hot Wait Displays when the transmission is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool before proceeding Transmission Ready Displays after an transmission overheating event and the transmission has cooled enough to allow proper transmission function Transmission limited function Displays when certain transmission Check handbook features are disabled 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 121 Transmission warming up Displays when the transmission Please wait needs a warming period before it will operate properly TPMS Message Action Description Low Tire Pressure Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure Refer to Inflating Your Tires in the Tires Wheels and Loading chapter
404. p shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 345 Setting 911 Assist On Perform the following Press the phone button to enter the Phone Menu Scroll until 911 Assist is selected Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu Scroll to select between On and Off selections Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder and Off without reminder Off with reminder provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident A Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone has to be paired and connected to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident SUS CON e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength e The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number
405. partment of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 264 Wheels and Tires Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 11 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AAA BC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from high
406. peratures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See the technical specifications chart in the Capacities and Specifications chapter Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 240 Maintenance CHANGING THE VEHICLE BATTERY WARNING Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation WARNING When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and or damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the ba
407. port 321 322 396 changing ssss 283 285 decli the pressure es 273 Using privacy mode 332 Inf lat ceci 271 V label E rtr 270 TED ACIOS 1 2 d tede 275 FOCAULING ceste tree 277 Tolles tele rep m M PI aan safety practices sss 276 Vehicle Identification sidewall information OS RAN 266 Number VIN An 294 snow tires and chains 218 Vehicle loading 194 DIES vto Iste ees 283 NT ioc uH A Ventilating your vehicle 149 tire grades ooococcnnoccnonnccnoncninnns 264 Voice commands in media treadwear occ 204 9179 MOE ette turum 354 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Index 491 Voice commands in phone Windows o 330 DOW sc chen e Id 96 Voice recognition 377 rear WIDORWOSIIGE s e 88 Windshield washer fluid and W wipers hecki i Warning lights see Lights 104 fud o cen mE 239 240 Washer fluid 239 240 replacing wiper blades 242 Water Driving through 205 Wrecker towing ssse 200 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus
408. pplying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 206 Driving Hints FLOOR MATS WARNING Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways e Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury e Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to ensure mats do not shift out of position e Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle footwell that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle e Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats Floor mats should always rest on top of the vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation 2014 Focus foc Owners Gu
409. quired when communicating with Sirius about your account Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 391 Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice i button on the steering wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the commands in the following chart SAT preset lt gt SAT SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart Tf you have said Tune see the following Tune chart SPORTS GAME Tune to the college name gt game Tune to the team city game Tune to the team city team name gt game Tune to the team name game SAT 1 preset lt gt 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2
410. quires service Contact your authorized dealer 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Information Displays 119 as a reminder to apply the brake start Action Description Transmission too hot Press brake Transmission overheating Stop safely Displays when the transmission is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool and the message disappears before proceeding If the condition persists contact your authorized dealer for service Displays when the transmission is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool and the message disappears before proceeding If the condition persists contact your authorized dealer for service If the vehicle is driven with this message active you may experience vehicle shudder as a further overheat warning Displays when the transmission is overheating Stop the vehicle in a safe spot and allow the transmission to cool before proceeding If the condition persists contact your authorized dealer for service Transmission not in Park Select P Displays as a reminder to shift into park 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 120 Information Displays Action Description Transmission malfunction Displays when the transmission Service now requires service due to a malfunction Contact your authorized dealer Use Brake Sto
411. r door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 2 Open the fuel filler door 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access 4 After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle e gt Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 157 If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the information display screen At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the
412. r near the tail lamps It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door lid to open from within the luggage compartment 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Security 81 SECURILOCKO PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting issues if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle The system helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key a malfunction has occurred A message may appear in the information display
413. r alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System Note Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the tire and wheel assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire press
414. r belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Squeeze the button and slide the e height adjuster up or down 2 Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place SAFETY BELT WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on Conditions of Operation The driver s safety belt is not The safety belt warning light buckled before the ignition switch illuminates 1 2 minutes and the is turned to the on position warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled The safety belt warning light and while the indicator light is warning chime turn off illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is buckled The safety belt warning light and before the ignition switch is turned indicator chime remain off to the on position 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 40 Safety Belts SAFETY BELT MINDERO This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s or front passenger s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled The system uses information from the front passenger
415. r block e In radio mode store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns e In CD mode select a track e In phone mode enter a phone number G Clock Push to access clock settings You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings H Function buttons Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in such as Radio mode or CD mode I Sound e Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance e Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings When you make your selection press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings Press OK to set or press MENU to exit e Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently Seek Press and release these buttons to go to the previous or next preset radio station or disc track e Press and hold these buttons to fast forward to the previous or next strong radio station memory preset or through the current disc track K ON OFF e o Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn to adjust the volume L MENU Press this button to access different audio system features See Menu structure later in this section M PHONE Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNCO system See the SYNC chapter for more information N MEDIA
416. r choose another preset Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 394 MyFord Touch If Equipped Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription Contact Sirius at does not include this 1 888 539 7474 to channel subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost from The signal is blocked the Sirius satellite or When you move into Sirius tower to your an open area the vehicle antenna signal should return Updating Update of channel No action required programming in The process may take progress up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 no longer available 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None Found Check All the channels in the Use the channel guide Channel Guide selected channels are to turn off the Lock either skipped or or Skip function on locked that station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the No action required channels available for your vehicle CD Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select J the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on 2014
417. rash 5 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 32 Child Safety Five door 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating position route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint 2 Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a crash 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Child Safety 33 CHILD SAFETY L
418. ration of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search ne
419. rature is too high Stop the vehicle in a safe place and allow to engine to cool If the problem persists contact your authorized dealer Fuel Message Action Description Check Fuel Fill Inlet Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed Hill Start Assist Message Action Description Hill start assist not available Displays when hill start assist is not available Contact your authorized dealer Keyless Vehicle Message Action Description Steering lock engaged Turn Displays when you need to turn steering wheel the steering wheel in order to disengage the steering lock Steering malfunction Service now Contact your authorized dealer Steering malfunction Stop safely Stop the vehicle in a safe place Contact your authorized dealer 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 116 Information Displays Keyless Vehicle Message Action Description Ford KeyFree Key inside vehicle Displays to remind you that the key is in the trunk Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information Ford KeyFree No key detected Displayed if the key is not detected by the system Refer to Push button start system in the Driving chapter for more information Switch ign off Press ENGINE Refer to Push button start system Start Stop in the Driving chapter for more information Ford KeyFree Key not inside car Refer to Push button start system in the Driving ch
420. rdid a 96 EXterior MUITO Soo ba og ko XR p Oa bho eS 98 Interior MITOS id a Ga a INI ROS US S RUE 100 DSUIUVISOTS sag Sea VP as a 100 MOONTOOE x1excquesqu e ioseemSs aaa 101 Instrument Cluster 103 GAUBES iua scene dE Vx e a Awe dE S 103 Warning lamps and indicators lllllelelssn 104 Audible warnings and indicators llle 108 Information Displays 109 A A dat RR RTT ERU IE AR If 109 THP COMPUSE cintas ea de s 112 Information messages au we x RES ee CR REX MD ERA YR 113 Climate Control 122 Manual heating and air conditioning 122 Dual automatic temperature control llle 124 Rear window defroster o ooo o o 129 Seats 132 Sitting in the correct position o o o ooo o 132 Head T straintsy ui lia OR ee PRS a 133 Manual seats era Sacco dvi Eh ea ed aoe BSS d 136 POWEF state ciao S na eh is ee tates 138 Heated seats 0 hrs 139 Rear seats ere sod aa arin muss Ede a d PSS CREW HO RR RN Y E US 140 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 4 Table of Contents Auxiliary Power Points Storage Compartments Overhead CONSOLES ria ea di at Starting and Stopping the Engine TENION WII sua ass Keyless starting cocos bend dida Engine block heater coaxiales Fuel and Refueling DIIS DEAN RECOR E ts dis Running out of fuel posees aene ae A e ARE es A annae a a tae oo te S REN Oe ee be PES Fuelconsumption s ta si
421. rds for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e t may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 5096 e A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 6096 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e t may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 4096 e A coolant concentration of 4096 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 4096 will decrease the corrosion and freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 238 Maintenance Powertrain Limiting and Protection Note Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible The engine control module ECU is equipped with a feature called powertrain limiting and protection PTLP PTLP will help protect the engine from damage in case the engine is overheating coolant and or oil
422. re when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft amp Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES The windows and wiper blades should be cleaned regularly If the wipers do not wipe properly substances on the vehicle s glass or the wiper blades may cause squeaking or chatter noise from the blades and streaking and smearing of the windshield To clean these items follow these tips e The windows may be cleaned with a non abrasive cleaner such as Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner e The wiper blades can be cleaned with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrates in the U S or Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid in Canada Replace your wiper blades when they appear worn or do not function properly
423. red menu and scroll to select the specific contact Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message Each text message is sent with the following signature This message was sent from my Ford or Lincoln 9 Ov gm ceo 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 338 SYNCO Pre defined text message options I need more directions Can t wait to see you I m stuck in traffic Accessing Your Phone Settings These are phone dependent features Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text message notification modify your phone book and also set up automatic download 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll until Phone Settings appears then press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select You can Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s 1 Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select Note If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ringer sounds when Phone Ringer is chosen Message Have the
424. requent short trips where the engine does not fully warm up will also increase fuel consumption The system is accessed using the information display control Refer to the trip computer table in the Information Displays chapter Type 1 A Gear shifting EN E B Anticipation LAN C Efficient speed evo evo e T T OT A B C Gear shifting To improve fuel economy use the highest gear appropriate for the road conditions Anticipation Adjust your vehicle speed and the distance to other vehicles to avoid the need for heavy braking or acceleration to improve fuel economy Efficient speed Reduce your cruising speed on open roads to improve economy Higher speeds use more fuel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Driving Aids 191 Type 2 and 3 The relevant information is shown in the display Resetting Eco Mode Reset the average fuel consumption by using the information display control Note New values may take a short time to calculate STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display WARNING The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected
425. ress OK and select on Press OK to select or off Select On to have SYNC automatically and enter the menu prompt you to run a health report at certain Scroll to select from mileage intervals Note You must first turn this feature on before you can select the mileage intervals at which you would like to be prompted Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Return Press OK to exit the menu 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 348 SYNCO Vehicle Health Report options Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it is combined with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and unserviced vehicle inspection items from your authorized dealer Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you run a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect additional vehicle information Ford may use the vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide
426. results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Candidate lists are possible results from your Lists voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Media Player Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Media Player then select from the following Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 427 Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle Gracenote Database This allows you to view the version level of the Info Gracenote Database Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for yo
427. ring wheel control When prompted say any of the commands in the following chart If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the commands in the following chart USB or SD CARD Play similar music Play song lt name gt Play TV show lt name gt Play TV show episode lt name gt Play video lt name gt Play video podcast lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play video podcast episode name Play audiobook lt name gt Play video playlist lt name gt Play author lt name gt Previous Play composer lt name gt Repeat all Play folder lt name gt Repeat off Play genre lt name gt Repeat one Shuffle Shuffle album Shuffle off Whats this Play podcast episode lt name gt Help If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart This command is only available in USB mode and are device dependent 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 399 This command is only available in USB mode and are device dependent Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information
428. rinting October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 161 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance 1 M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work the vehicle may need to be serviced See On board Diagnostics OBD II in this chapter Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case the vehicle is considered not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system is designed to check the emission control system during normal driving A co
429. rinting October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 403 Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetoot
430. rms and conditions If you do mot accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the TeleNav Software TeleNav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the TeleNav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the TeleNav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the TeleNav Software unless your 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 456 Appendices vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the TeleNav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and c
431. rns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat e Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the vehicle is running Doing so could drain the vehicle s battery Adjust the control to the desired heat setting 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 140 Seats REAR SEATS Folding the Rear Seats Note Before lowering the seatback s remove the outboard head restraints To lower the seatback s from inside the vehicle do the following A A 1 Press the unlock buttons A Te x down 2 Push the seatback forward Note Your vehicle may have split seatbacks that must be folded individually 3 Stow the safety belt in the belt stowage clip This will prevent the safety belt from getting caught in the seat latch 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Seats 141 When raising the seatback s make
432. rs this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up N North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 443 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route Sirius Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route Re center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll 8 the map away from your vehicle s current location Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther in the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again I
433. rvices provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Appendices 449 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you re
434. s In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 5 x 99 kg 5 x 13 5 kg 635 495 67 5 72 5 kg 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Load Carrying 199 e Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 Ib 635 kg cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past 2 years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for 12 100 Ib 45 kg bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 Ib 99 kg the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 Ib No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 12 x 45 kg 635 198 540 103 kg You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 Ib 104 kg If you remove 3 100 Ib 45 kg cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 Ib Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kg 2 x 99 kg 9 x 45 kg 635 198 405 32 kg The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or
435. s equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information e The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer e Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if they are not properly designed for automotive use e To avoid interference with other vehicle functions for example anti lock brake systems do not locate amateur radio antennas in the area of the driver side hood e f you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 298 Ford Extended Service Plan FORD ESP EXTENDED SERVICE PL
436. s foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 430 MyFord Touch If Equipped Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Wireless Internet 9 then select from the following Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNO as the internet gateway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 431 USB Mobile Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also Broadband use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connectin
437. s Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 50 Supplementary Restraints System After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it s very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect check for the following e Objects lodged underneath the seat e Objects between the seat cushion and the center console e Objects hanging off the seat back e Objects stowed in the seatback map pocket e Objects placed on the occupant s lap e Cargo interference with the seat e Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat e Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above e To know if the front passenger sensing system is operating PAN properly see Cra
438. s also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to TeleNav s third party vendor licensors NavTeq End User License Agreement END USER TERMS The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or NAVTEQ North America LLC NT within thirty 30 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact NT please visit www navteq com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and NAVTEQ North America LLC NT and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities including 9 Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada 9 Queen s Printer for Ontario 9 Canada Post Corporation GeoBase NT holds a nonexclusive license from the United States
439. s button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass e Midrange e Treble 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 390 MyFord Touch If Equipped e Balance and Fade e DSP Digital Signal Processing e Occupancy Mode e Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note Sirius does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN is re
440. s licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the TeleNav Software TeleNav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the TeleNav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the TeleNav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the TeleNav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the TeleNav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTEN
441. s manual if necessary e Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s user guide and visit the website Making Calls EE Press the voice button on your steering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press this phone button t Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 405 Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls pow Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the followin
442. s the Settings icon Settings Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs displays your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format allows you to choose to have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification sets the automatic parking points of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking points of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 441 Route Preferences Preferred Route allows you to choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid features allows you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning
443. s the voice button and after the tone say Bluetooth Audio then Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving WARNING For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving WARNING Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is in motion Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 401 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder OD m by connecting RCA cords not included to th
444. s you to access and set prompts languages defaults and perform a master reset Bluetooth Devices Menu Options This menu allows you to add connect and delete devices as well as turn Bluetooth on and off 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the Media Menu 2 Scroll until System Settings appears and select OK 3 Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears 4 Press OK and then scroll to select from When you select You can Add Bluetooth Allows you to pair additional devices to the Device system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s user guide to put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Connect a previously paired Device Bluetooth enabled phone 1 Press OK to select and view a list of devices 2 Scroll until the desired device is chosen and press OK to connect the device 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 363 Set Bluetooth On Off Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off When the desired selection is chosen press OK Turning Bluetooth off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and deactivates Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired media device Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete
445. sabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control and intelligent access Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock all doors when you disable two stage unlocking 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 74 Locks Locking the Doors oo bii O Bii Press the button to lock all the doors The turn signals will flash Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed Note If locking was not successful or any door or the liftgate is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with a perimeter alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash Opening the Luggage Compartment Press twice to unlatch the luggage compartment lid Mechanical Key Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle once to lock all doors Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle once to unlock the driver door only Locking the Doors Individually If the power locks fail to operate lock the doors individually using the key in the position shown Left Hand Side b Turn clockwise to lock Right Hand Side Turn counterclockwis
446. se s Possible solution s SYNC does not e Your device may e Check the website for find any mobile not support the compatible devices and apps that are on AppLink feature OR applications my phone e The application e Make sure your device is does not support paired and connected If you AppLink OR have an iPhone make sure it is e If you have an plugged in using the USB and iPhone it may not that the application is running in be plugged in OR the foreground e Your phone may not be paired or connected 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 371 INTRODUCTION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Phone B Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation C Climate D Settings E Home F Information G Entertainment 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 372 MyFord Touch If Equipped This system
447. se the Automatic Locking Mode 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out 3 Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Safety Belts 39 SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash Adjust the height of the shoulde
448. sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to large front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature The driver s and front The Belt Minder feature will not passenger s safety belts are activate buckled before the ignition is turned on or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The driver s or front passenger s The Belt Minder feature is activated safety belt is not buckled when the safety belt warning light the vehicle has reached at illuminates and the warning chime least 6 mph 9 7 km h and sounds for six seconds every 1 2 minutes have elapsed since 30 seconds repeating for about the ignition has been turned on five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The driver s or front passengers The Belt Minder feature is activated safety belt becomes unbuckled the safety belt warning light for about one minute while the illuminates and the warning chime vehicle is traveling at least sounds for six seconds every 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 30 seconds repeating for about 1 2 mi
449. set complete message will no longer be displayed 8 Rotate the key to the off position For vehicles with push button start press the start button to turn the vehicle off completely ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant The concentration and level of engine coolant should be checked at the intervals listed in scheduled maintenance information The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 30 F 34 C and 34 F 37 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from your dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark If the level is at the MIN mark add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable do not use engine coolant antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 236 Maintenance Adding Engine Coolant WARNING Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Als
450. set on it may disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators the vehicle location and or other details about the vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems that are electronically monitored by the vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system i e brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your mobile phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Heal
451. sh Sensors and Airbag Indicator later in this chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 51 If the airbag readiness lamp is lit do the following The driver or adult passengers should check for any objects that may be lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering with the seat please take the following steps to remove the obstruction e Pull the vehicle over e Turn the vehicle off e Driver or adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat e Remove the obstruction s if found e Restart the vehicle e Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness lamp is no longer illuminated e f the airbag readiness lamp remains illuminated this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center at the phone number shown in the Customer Assistamce section of this Owner s Mamual KNEE AIRBAG A driver s knee airbag is located under or within the instrument panel During a crash the restraints control module may activate
452. similar to what is currently playing More Info displays information such as current track artist name album and genre Options allows you to view and adjust various media settings e Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for e Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings e Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings e Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device e Update Media Index indexes your device each time you connect it to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 398 MyFord Touch If Equipped SD Card and USB Voice Commands E If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card press the us voice button on the stee
453. spect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Tire Wear When the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1 16th of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 274 Wheels and Tires Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended WARNING Age Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use such as load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and
454. ssion We recommend placing the rear wheels on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the front using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the rear fascia TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission Mies under the following conditions Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction e Place the transmission in position N See Automatic transmission in the Transmission chapter if you cannot move the transmission into N e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle Refer to the Climate Controls chapter for more information Note You must tow your vehicle in the forward direction to avoid damage to the internal transmission components In addition we recommend you follow the instructions provided by the aftermarket manufacturer of the towing equipment if provided Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA
455. ssion must relearn its shift strategy As a result the transmission may exhibit a combination of firm and soft shifts This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Preparing Your Vehicle Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system 1 Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 211 2 Check all battery terminals Remove the positive terminal cover if equipped and any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables Ensure that vent caps are tight and level 3 Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges Turn all other accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Note Do not attach the negative cable to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as
456. st works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca e For information on airbag deployment see the Supplementary Restraints System chapter e For information on the fuel pump shut off see the Roadside Emergencies chapter Setting 911 Assist On If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the 2 i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Apps gt 911 Assist gt On You can also access 911 Assist by e Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 iS Assist or e Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 419 To Make Sure that 911 Assist Works Properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use e The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident e You must pair and connect a Bluet
457. stall the new bulb in reverse order 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 251 Note The reverse lamp bulb is located in the luggage compartment lid If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing Rear Lamps Five Door 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the trunk 2 Remove the trim panel from inside the luggage compartment 3 Remove the two nuts from the lamp assembly 4 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 5 Remove the bulb by turning the bulb socket counterclockwise Gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket A Brake lamp bulb y ET S B Reverse lamp bulb PIC C Tail lamp and side marker Je n B lamp bulb a IA D Turn signal bulb 4 C A T N D Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing License Plate Lamp Assembly Your vehicle is equipped with an LED license plate lamp assembly It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer Replacing High Mount Brake Lamp Assembly Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp It is designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required it is recommended that you see your authorized dealer 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 252 Maintenance
458. stance call 1 800 241 3673 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Roadside Emergencies 209 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold in Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 800 665 2006 Vehicles Sold in Canada Using Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of this warranty guide and retain for future reference Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more information please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide call us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel PAN by the radio Use it when your vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety hazard for other motorists e Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction signals will flash e Press the flasher control again to turn them off Note With extended use the flashers may run down your 12 volt battery FUEL CU
459. stem USB POL 5n 396 see Brakes ssss 172 Accessing call history phone Anti theft system oo 81 book during active call 332 arming the system 81 83 Accessing your calendar 417 disarming a triggered system 83 Accessing your media menu APPIN idas 351 features coccccnonconcnnonancnononanacionanonos 356 Audio system Accessing your phone menu Single CD 303 305 307 309 features ssscosspire itae 334 Audio system Accessory delay eiscc 97 see Radio 303 305 307 309 Active call menu options 332 Automatic transmission Active Park Assist 179 nie oe I E m uid CHECKING Adding pairing a phone 404 fluid refill capacities 290 Advanced menu options 342 363 fluid specification 290 Advanced menu options Selectshift SST 164 prompts languages defaults Auxiliary Input Jack 392 master reset installing Auxili ade applications sssssssss 342 Line in a nm ee 320 Airbag supplemental restraint RR 142 A a EENEN 46 A PRE naak and child safety seats ida AS 47 A V inputs ET 322 400 description pissis 46 Axle disposal ria 56 refill capacities 290 driver Das oce es 46 passenger airbag 46 B side airbag cete 46 52 Air cleaner filter 243 244 293 xcii WA RAN NE
460. sten to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 384 MyFord Touch If Equipped Options Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to
461. t as a MyKey As a result the MyKey system status menu display includes the remote start system as an additional key in the total count of MYKEY S PROGRAMMED or ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED See Checking MyKey System Status When you start your vehicle with a Ford approved aftermarket remote start system the system stalls the vehicle after you open the door or shift the vehicle into gear This is intentional When you restart your vehicle it reads your real key traditional key or intelligent key fob status instead of the remote start system s status As an added precaution owners of vehicles equipped with traditional keys may want to program the remote start system as a MyKey if the MyKey driver uses the remote start fob That way when the MyKey driver starts the vehicle with the remote start system the MyKey restrictions remain active With a Ford approved aftermarket remote start system it is possible to program all real keys as MyKeys unintentionally If this happens then the remote start fob is the admin key If you want to have only one real key as a MyKey or do not want to have any MyKeys then you need to use your remote start to clear all MyKeys In that case follow these steps e Enter the vehicle and close all doors e Remote start the vehicle using your remote start fob e See Clearing All MyKeys Follow Steps 1 3 After clearing your MyKeys you can create a new MyKey See Creating a MyKey Note For vehicles with inte
462. t App name Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up Thumbs down etc For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com To Access Using Voice Commands gt oo por Press the voice icon When prompted say Mobile Apps Say the name of the application after the tone The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 353 USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over the vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artists albums etc SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player via the USB Port Note If your digital media player has a power switch ensure that the device is turned on To connect using voice commands 1 Plug the device into the vehicle s USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now pl
463. tarting the vehicle Customer Assistance Reporting safety defects U S only Reporting safety defects Canada only Fuses Changing a fuse ou ke rb ere ac Ded Fuse specification chart llle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 6 Table of Contents Maintenance 231 General information 2222x693 er RR e pa 231 Opening and closing the hood lille 232 Under hood OVerview chs meai e xU RR cR Rc Re ee as 233 Engine oil dipstick ecce e e a Ge 234 bngmeol Checks as deae ram aS RRULATAGIAES 234 Engine coolant Cheek viu xe pk Y ae RU Re 235 Automatic transmission fluid check o o o o ooo 238 Brake fhuid Check versan a UR 239 F uelsfiliGt 222253 iue rodeadas id 239 Washer fluid cheek ua setae epo Rete RR e rn 240 Changing the vehicle battery llle 240 Checking the wiper blades 0 020 020 0000 ee eeee 241 Air lber S sortida bis aia 243 Adjusting the headlamps ssi RR aa ad 245 Removing a headlamp 00 0000 ees 246 Changing a bulb xs Vase a a ds 247 Bulb specification Chart o ooooooo ee o 252 Vehicle Care 253 Cleaning Products sao rd ace dda pl de eas RU Gees 253 Cleaning the exterior i sus seu o UE ex Hxc RUE leew E 253 WIDE sera daa ed A SH S eS oe aa 255 Repairing minor paint damage llle leen 255 Cleaning The englne bi BESS as
464. ted If you occasionally operate your vehicle under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the additional maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles 46270 kilometers perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Example 2 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on but the odometer reads 30000 miles 48000 kilometers perform the engine air filter replacement i e Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles 40000 kilometers Using a car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance Every 60000 miles Change manual transmission fluid 96000 km Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in hea As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently Replace cabin air filter if equipped service as required Replace engine air filter Every 60000 miles Replace spark plugs 96000 km 2014 Focus foc Owners G
465. tem later in this chapter for more information The slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the g instrument panel To access and play music CHE D from your card press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select the SD Card tab To ni y The ports are located either in the center ES SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC USB Port console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select the USB tab OOO This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone if compatible you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 397 Playing Music from Your Device Insert your device and select the SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle plays music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music allows you to choose music
466. temperature If you select MAX A C the system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents This mode is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning Note When the temperature control is in the MAX A C position you cannot turn off air conditioning or recirculated air 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Climate Control 123 D Air conditioning Press to switch the air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools your vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Air distribution control Adjust to select the desired air distribution Select to distribute air through the instrument panel air vents X jae Select to distribute air through the instrument panel and floor Mil air vents n te Select to distribute air through the floor air vents PES Select to distribute air through the windshield and floor air NAM vents Select to distribute air through the windshield air vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice You can also increase the temperature and fan speed to improve clearing F Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated windows and mirrors later in this chapter for more information E 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012
467. th Report privacy notice 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 347 Note In order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to automatically remind you to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle Diagnostic Information e Scheduled maintenance e Open Recalls and Field Service Actions e Unserviced items from vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer You can run a report after the vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button To run a report using the phone button 1 Press the phone button to enter Phone Menu 2 Scroll until Vehicle Health is selected and press OK 3 Scroll to select from the following options Vehicle Health Report options User Preferences Automatic Reports P
468. third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA includi
469. tion Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 409 Phone Voice Commands ES Press the voice button on the steering wheel control After the i tone say any of the following commands Read text message Go to hands free Heldon o fo This command is only available during an active call If you have said Messages see the fo
470. tion shown to separate the two halves of the remote control 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 62 Keys and Remote Control Note Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver 5 Carefully remove the battery with the screwdriver 6 Install a new battery with the facing downward 7 Assemble the two halves of the transmitter back together 8 Install the key blade Intelligent Access Key Type 2 1 Remove the backup key from the transmitter 2 Twist a thin coin under the tab Y hidden behind the backup key head to remove the battery cover Do not use the backup key to remove the cover or you could damage the intelligent access key 3 Remove the old battery 4 Insert a new battery with the facing downward Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter and install the backup key 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Keys and Remote Control 63 Car Finder Press the lock button on the key twice within three seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Sounding a Panic Alarm If Equipped 5 Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again c or switch the ignition on to deactivate Note
471. tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information section Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see Dissimilar Spare Tire and Wheel Assembly Information under Changing a Road Wheel in this chapter Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally In
472. tivate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendors it uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See your SYNCO chapter for more information CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 14 Introduction PERCHLORATE MATERIAL Note Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate for more information FORD CREDIT U S ONLY Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access to Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com REPLACEMENT PA
473. ttery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners WARNING Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft amp maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note If your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 241 It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an
474. u to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 433 To access Help using the voice commands press the voice button then after the tone say Help The system provides allowable voice commands for the current mode CLIMATE Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here 0 3 Miles A Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside air cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system Passenger settings Touch or to adjust the temperature Fan speed Touch or to adjust fan speed DUAL Touch to switch on the passenger temperature control Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which May reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior May help reduce odors from reaching the interior Engages automatically when MAX A C or MAX defrost is selected May be engaged
475. uched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 248 Maintenance Headlamp assembly A High beam headlamp bulb B Side marker bulb C Low beam headlamp bulb D Front parking lamp and turn signal bulb High beam headlamp bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise then pull it straight out Install the new bulb in reverse order Low beam headlamp bulb 1 Remove the headlamp assembly 2 Remove the service cap 3 Disconnect the electrical connector 4 Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise then pull it straight out Install the new bulb in reverse order Note Be sure that the spring clip is not damaged or detached from the headlamp assembly during the replacement procedure S LI E SoN G CN N 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 249 Replacing HID Headlamp Bulbs If Equipped The low beam headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb is burned out the bulb and starter capsule assembly must be replaced by your authorized dealer Replacing Front Ted Lamp and Turn Signal Bulbs 1 Remove the service cap b
476. uction highlighted by the warning symbol These are some of the _ you may see on your vehicle Symbol Symbol Safety alert m See Owner s E Manual Avoid Battery EJ or Brake system sparks Brake fluid Child Safety Door Lock non and Unlock petroleum E coolant base Engine oil n Explosive gas Check fuel Fasten Front airbag safety belt cap anchor Engine air filter Child seat tether Battery acid Cabin air filter Child seat lower anchor Do not open when hot Engine coolant temperature Fan warning Introduction 11 Symbol Fuel pump reset Heated rear window Lighting control Panic alarm Power steering fluid Service engine soon Windshield defrost and demist DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording ymbo Fuse compartment Description Hazard warning flasher Interior luggage compartment release Low tire pressure warning Parking aid system Maintain correct fluid level Parking brake system Power window lockout Power windows front and rear Side airbag Stability control Windshield washer and wiper BSE RE Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake syste
477. ud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear MANUAL TRANSMISSION IF EQUIPPED Using the Clutch Manual transmission vehicles have a starter interlock that prevents starting the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully pressed To start the vehicle 1 Make sure the parking brake is fully set 2 Press the clutch pedal to the floor then put the gearshift lever in the neutral position 3 Start the engine 4 Press the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever to the desired gear position 1 or position R 5 Release the parking brake then slowly release the clutch pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator During each shift the clutch pedal must be fully pressed to the floor Make sure the floor mat is properly positioned so it does not interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal Note Failure to fully press the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased shift efforts prematurely wear transmission components or damage the transmission Note Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on a hill These actions will reduce the life of the clutch and could nullify a clutch warranty claim 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 168 Transmission Recommended Shi
478. uide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 479 Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads service as required Every 5000 miles Inspect the wheels and related components for 8000 km abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles Change engine oil and filter six months Every 50000 miles Change manual transmission fluid 80000 km Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See the nstrument Cluster chapter Exclusive use of E85 flex fuel vehicles only Every oil change If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 480 Scheduled Maintenance Special Operating Condition Log Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns Miteace Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Hours MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEacE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cone Houns MiLEAGE 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiLEAGE Dearer VALIDATION P amp A Cope Houns MiL
479. um distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Supplementary Restraints System 47 To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly Properly seated occupants sit upright lean against the seat back and center themselves on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer whe
480. ur music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation then select 9 from the following Map Preferences bottom or bottom to top fastest route or ecological route Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 428 MyFord Touch If Equipped Navigation Have the system use guidance prompts State Province information roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur and ice on the road may occur reduced visibility announcements Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Phone Settings Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone then select from the following Bluetooth Devices Comnect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 429 911 Assist Tur
481. ure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Wheels and Tires 281 When Your Temporary Spare Tire Is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System Is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Low tire Possible cause Customer action required pressure warning light Solid warning Tire s 1 Make sure tires are at the proper light under inflated pressure See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter 2 After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the e
482. use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Checking and Adding Manual Transmission Fluid If Equipped 1 Clean the filler plug 2 Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level 3 Fluid level should be at the bottom of the opening 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Maintenance 239 4 Add enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is at the bottom of the opening 5 Install and tighten the fill plug securely Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the Technical Specifications section in the Capacities and Specifications chapter BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill For additional information on the electric power steering EPS system Refer to Driving Aids FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in tem
483. uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note You can also directly access the Home screen and Information screen by pressing the Home house icon and Information i icon buttons on your steering wheel controls Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Making and Receiving Calls Quick Dial Phonebook Call History Text Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following e Driver Settings e Recirculated Air e Auto e Dual 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 373 e Passenger Settings e A C e Defrost SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help C M Press to acc
484. utton 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus SYNCO 335 Text Message Enables you to send download and delete text messages Phone Settings Allows you to view your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident if the feature is used properly Report your vehicle applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings add connect set as primary on off delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature If equipped United States only If equipped United States and Canada only 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 336 SYNCO Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Rec
485. uxiliary input jack irc a a a a RS 320 USB DI ida oi a o Sar das 321 SYNCO 323 Pairing your phone for the first time o ooo 328 OT Assist Mio 605 8 64 44 eva Ree Y a BY oe qe des a 344 Vehicle Health Report o ooo 346 8 Table of Contents MyFord Touch If Equipped 371 VOlCE TECOBNIION cia pd e da sti o un s 377 Listening to MUSIC sye merear sertett he ld 381 Phone Teatures llseee ee ers 402 Information Menu ism Rm hin p RE ESET PER 410 SENES siue eh ed deag ordei pA E da ed TRS SR x EY 422 Climate features llle ras 433 Navigation SYSTEM qid va T VW P URN EUER dd 436 Appendices 448 Scheduled Maintenance 467 Normal scheduled maintenance and l08 o o o o oooo oo 472 Index 484 The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted O Ford Motor Company 2013 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Introduction 9 ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this m
486. ver The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire WARNING Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Fuel and Refueling 159 Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter which will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds e Have the items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in Scheduled Maintenance Information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If other than Ford Motorcraft amp or Ford authorized parts are used for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the serv
487. ver door to unlock your vehicle then turn the ignition on within 12 seconds 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 84 Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position in the Seats chapter 1 Unlock the steering column 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position 3 Lock the steering column 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Steering Wheel 85 AUDIO CONTROL IF EQUIPPED Select the required source on the audio unit You can operate the following functions with the control A A Volume up B Seek up or next C Volume down D Seek down or previous Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to e tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset e play the next or previous track Press and hold the seek button to e tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band e seek through a track 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 86 Steering Wheel VOICE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED Press to select or deselect voice recognition See the SYNC or MyFord Touch chapter CRUISE CONTROL IF EQUIPPED See the Cruise Control chapter INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL Use the arrows on the left side
488. vided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that y
489. wer Switch the media or climate features off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Fan Control the speed of the climate system fan Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar e SOUND Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options e Hazard flasher Switch the hazard flashers off and on Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 375 Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to h
490. ws sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls 0 1 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 3 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 412 MyFord Touch If Equipped Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Services Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 2 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services fr
491. xtended idling Severe 5000 7499 Moderate to heavy load or towing 8000 11999 Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation 4000 7999 Maximum load or towing l Extreme hot or cold operation 7500 10000 12000 16000 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Scheduled Maintenance 473 Normal scheduled maintenance At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Change engine oil and filter tread depth recommended Inspect automatic transmission fluid level if equipped with dipstick Consult dealer for requirements brake linings hoses and parking brake hoses Inspect exhaust system and heat shields Inspect half shaft boots Inspect steering linkage ball joints suspension and tie rod ends Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change See Engine oil check in the Maintenance chapter 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 474 Scheduled Maintenance Other maintenance items Replace cabin air filter if equipped 32000 km Replace engine air filter 48000 km Change engine co
492. y turning it counterclockwise 2 Remove the bulb socket from the l headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 3 Remove the bulb by gently pulling the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Side Marker Bulbs 1 Remove the service cap 2 Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise 3 Remove the bulb by gently pulling the bulb straight out of the Socket Install the new bulb in reverse order 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 250 Maintenance Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs If Equipped 1 Make sure the lighting control switch is in the off position Le Ji s 2 Reach under the front fender and remove the aero shield 4 b 3 Remove the harness bulb assembly from the fog lamp by turning it counterclockwise 4 Disconnect the harness from the bulb by pulling it straight out Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Rear Lamps Four Door 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the trunk 2 Remove the trim panel from inside the luggage compartment 3 Remove the two nuts from the lamp assembly 4 Gently pull the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 5 Remove the bulb by turning the bulb socket counterclockwise Gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket e Turn signal bulb 1 e Stop and tail lamp bulb 2 In
493. y 66 oet ngs MyKey esae sce dr dd RR SD Mu caa 66 Creating meree wd ev EAR eR CR d np e d SO E P S aiiud ug 67 EA IN 68 Systemi Status ia a UU PCR AY eG 68 Remote start MyKey 2 04 sor Sr RI a i 68 Troubleshooting MKey llle 71 Locks 73 Locking and unlocking 2 0 0 0 0 0000 eee 73 Trunk release v usu A BO a ee es 79 Interior luggage compartment release 2 0 0 0000002 ee eee 80 Security 81 SecuriLock passive anti theft system 0 0000000005 81 Steering Wheel 84 Adjusting the steering wheel 0 0 0 00000020 eee eee 84 Steering wheel controls cvs cil sealed S Bea Hae daa 85 Wipers and Washers 87 Windshield wipers sr esnie rirerire era REXE UR Oe 87 Windshield washers llle 88 Rear window wiper and washer llle 88 Lighting 90 Lighting Control Js ead es mente cete De Rea t gd 90 ZAULOIBTH DS ostro xn Gens deest Dae x e tet ardere teed a 91 Instrument lighting dimmer o 91 Headlamp exit delay 3 060 660 4050 o RR an 92 Daytime running lamps zd GERE bales oe qGaue LEG 92 Front fog lamps e crecer erre weak Be elie be bee ee eee he ea eS 93 Direction indicators ac sod o SESE READ eR ER Aw OR 93 Interior lamps opier devs aa eho Gala he 93 Ambient lighting ssy seta nene Ge e444 PREY SE ia GE 95 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Table of Contents 3 Windows and Mirrors 96 Power WINKOWS 20 ce 40 005 bo Gee a
494. yFord Touch If Equipped Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press theSettings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control 2 Select from e Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands EB Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command us Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus MyFord Touch If Equipped 381 ENTERTAINMENT e H e e Hauwe
495. your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information see the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty see the warranty information that is provided to you along with your owner s manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNING Please read the Supplementary Restraints System chapter Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury WARNING Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag Using your vehicle with a snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package Using your vehicle as an ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus 16 Introduction MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communi
496. your vehicle by any method regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys If Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle s passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the power door lock control with the door open vehicle in park and ignition off your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the door If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock In order to override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle you can lock your vehicle after all doors are closed by pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key or touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on Autolock If Equipped The autolock feature will lock all the doors when e all doors are closed e the ignition is on e you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and e your vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h 2014 Focus foc Owners Guide gf 1st Printing October 2012 USA fus Locks 77 Autounlock If Equipped The autounlock feature will unl

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Critères évaluation - Label École d`Arbitrage  Expresso Livre Sergipe  Philips PT44434 User's Manual  カタログダウンロード  - アジア鋳造技術史学会  USER MANUAL  Guia rápido do LD2 da VERIPOS 1. Use os cabos e    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file